Philips SOPHO 2000 IPS User Manual Download | Manualshive

Page: 128 / 880

background image

– 110 –

NWA-008845-001 Rev.5.0

32ch1002.fm

DESCRIPTION

DATA

Assign the access code for monitoring, if
required.

•

(1)
(2)

Y=0-3 Number Plan Group 0-3
X-XXXX: Access Code
A033: Monitor

Assign a monitoring function key to the D

term

,

if required.

•

(1)
(2)

Y=00
My Line No. +

+ Key No.

F0033: Monitoring

Specify the action of monitoring station after
the hold/hooking key is pressed in the moni-
tored station or the monitored station becomes
idle.

[Series 3500 software required]

(1)
(2)

560
0 : Keep monitoring
1 : Stop monitoring

When setting the second data of CM08>560 to
0 (keep monitoring), set the music for Internal
Hold Tone that is sent to monitoring station.

NOTE 1:

When PN-CP24-D/PN-CP26-B/
PN-CP27-B/PN-CP31-D is used as
MP card, the following tone sources
are not available: “It’s a small
world (2nd data 05)”, “Let it be
(2nd data 07)”, and “If you love me
(2nd data 09)”. “Minuet” will be set
instead of those tone sources.

NOTE 2:

This data setting is effective only for
the legacy terminal.
For D

term

IP, this data setting is not

effective. D

term

IP uses the tone

source in IP Adapter (Minuet).

•

(1)
(2)

Y=3
01
00

: Nocturne

01

: Minuet

02

: Fur Elise

03

: The Maiden’s Prayer

04

: When the saints go marching in

05

: It’s a small world

06

: Spring (by four seasons)

07

: Let it be

08

: Ich bin ein Musikante (German

folk song)

09

: If you love me

10

: Amaryllis (French folk song)

NONE : Minuet

Define the type of call to be provided with
Hold Tone on the MP card.

•

(1)
(2)

Y=0
02: Internal Call
1400: Hold Tone Source on MP card

A

CM20

CM90

,

CM08

CM48

END

JULY/01/2006

AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION (ACD)

SILENT MONITOR-ACD

«
...
126
127
128
129
130
...
»

Summary of Contents for SOPHO 2000 IPS

Page 1: ...d any users wish to make suggestions for improving this handbook they are invited to send the relevant details to NEC PHILIPS Unified Solutions Nederland B V P O BOX 32 1200 JD HILVERSUM THE NETHERLANDS NEC PHILIPS Unified Solutions Nederland B V 2007 All rights are reserved Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright owner All brand names and produc...

Page 2: ......

Page 3: ...s manual the term NEAX 2000 IPS or NEAX PBX telephone system represents the SOPHO 2000 IPS system This book might refer to products not included in the SOPHO portfolio Certain items in this manual do not apply to the European market In case of doubt please contact your supplier ...

Page 4: ...bilities or priorities in the IP system Loop Start Subscriber signalling e g an ATU SS Mate side trunk Network side trunk For ISDN trunks MATWorX Operational Maintenance interface tool Multi line terminal SOPHO Set ErgoLine digital terminal with soft key assignment possible Multiple Call Forwarding Multi hop maximum 5 hops allowed My Line Users own station number Nailed down connection data Fixed ...

Page 5: ...ard AP Analog Port ATND Attendant AttCon Attendant console Operator console BATTM Battery Module BGM Back Ground Music service BHCA Busy Hour Call Attempts BK Black BSY Busy BT Busy Tone CAMA Centralized Message Accounting A standard related to 911 service CAS Centralized Attendant Service CAT Customer Administration terminal Dterm used as programming device for PBX CCIS Common Channel Interoffice...

Page 6: ...ng office DRS Device Registration Server Compare with Gatekeeper function registering endpoints DS Differential Services DiffServ DSS BLF Direct Station Select Busy Lamp Field DSW Device Server WorX For Dterm assistant software DT Dial Tone DTE Data Terminal Equipment Dterm Digital or IP terminal Dterm Desktop Telephone analog or digital DTG Digital Tone Generator DTI Digital Trunk Interface FAC F...

Page 7: ...OC OM terminal window part of MATWorX MP Main Processor Compare with CPU MRF Mode Reset Facility OAI related MSF Mode Set Feature OAI related MSG Message NEAX NEC PBX SOPHO NS Network Station NTF Number Transfer Facility OAI related NTS Night Transfer Station Night Extension OAI Open Application Interface CTI interface ODT OD Trunk 2 4 wire E M ODT Outband Dialing Trunk ONP Open Numbering Plan OPC...

Page 8: ...e Hold TAS Trunk Answer Any Station Pickup incoming calls in night mode TCF Terminal Control Facility OAI related TCM Deluxe Travelling Class Mark TDM Time division multiplexing TDS Time division switching TDSW Time Division Switch TIC Individual Trunk identification Code Line numbers of trunk lines TMF Terminal Multi information transfer Facility OAI related TMSF Terminal Mode Set Facility OAI re...

Page 9: ...vii Dterm icon Meaning Hold Transfer Speaker Answer Redial Conf erence Recall Feature MIC Message Directory Help Exit ...

Page 10: ...viii ...

Page 11: ...16 System Data Backup 16 Office Data Conversion 17 CHAPTER 1 BUSINESS FEATURES 19 ACCOUNT CODE 21 ADD ON MODULE 22 ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY 25 ANALOG PORT ADAPTER 29 ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE 32 ANSWER KEY 43 ATTENDANT ASSISTED CALLING 44 ATTENDANT CAMP ON 45 ATTENDANT CONSOLE 47 SN716 DESKCON 47 ATTENDANT CALLED CALLING NAME DISPLAY 51 ATTENDANT CALL SELECTION 55 ATTENDANT DO NOT DISTURB SETUP AND CANCEL ...

Page 12: ...ATION ACD 99 DELAY ANNOUNCEMENT ACD 102 HUNT PAST NO ANSWER ACD 106 IMMEDIATE OVERFLOW ACD 106 PRIORITY QUEUING ACD 107 QUEUE SIZE CONTROL ACD 108 SILENT MONITOR ACD 109 AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD WITH MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM MIS 112 AUTOMATIC CAMP ON 113 AUTOMATIC CHANGE TO DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME 114 AUTOMATIC HOLD 119 AUTOMATIC NUMBER IDENTIFICATION ANI 120 AUTOMATIC RECALL 127 BACKGROU...

Page 13: ...74 CALL TRANSFER ALL CALLS 174 CALL TRANSFER ATTENDANT 175 CALLER ID CLASS 176 CALLER ID DISPLAY 186 CALLER ID STATION 190 CALLER ID STATION ETSI FSK 193 CAMP ON 195 CENTREX COMPATIBILITY 198 CID CALL BACK 199 CID CALL ROUTING 202 CLASS OF SERVICE 211 CODE RESTRICTION 214 CONFERENCE THREE FOUR PARTY 219 CONFERENCE SIX TEN PARTY 221 CONFERENCE EIGHT PARTY 223 CONFERENCE 32 PARTY 228 GROUP CALL 233 ...

Page 14: ...D DIALING DOD 322 DIRECT STATION SELECTION BUSY LAMP FIELD DSS BLF CONSOLE 325 DISTINCTIVE RINGING 327 DO NOT DISTURB 346 ENHANCED 911 354 EXECUTIVE CALLING 360 EXECUTIVE OVERRIDE 361 EXTERNAL PAGING WITH MEET ME 362 FAX ARRIVAL INDICATOR 381 FLEXIBLE LINE KEY ASSIGNMENT 384 FLEXIBLE NUMBERING PLAN 388 FLEXIBLE RINGING ASSIGNMENT 390 FORCED ACCOUNT CODE 394 GROUP CALL 397 AUTOMATIC CONFERENCE 6 10...

Page 15: ...AY 446 STATION TRUNK STATUS 446 MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI 447 SYSTEM OUTLINE 447 HARDWARE REQUIRED 451 SYSTEM OPERATION 452 PROGRAMMING 461 MESSAGE REMINDER 473 MESSAGE WAITING 477 MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCESS 480 CCSA ACCESS 480 CODE CALLING EQUIPMENT ACCESS 481 DICTATION EQUIPMENT ACCESS 483 FOREIGN EXCHANGE FX ACCESS 484 RADIO PAGING EQUIPMENT ACCESS 485 WIDE AREA TELEPHONE SERVICE WATS ACCESS...

Page 16: ...N 574 CALLING NAME AND NUMBER DISPLAY 575 DYNAMIC DIAL PAD 576 GROUP FEATURE KEY 577 MULTIPLE LINE OPERATION 578 MUTE KEY 579 MY LINE NUMBER DISPLAY 580 PRESET DIALING 581 PRIME LINE PICKUP 582 RECALL KEY 583 RELAY CONTROL FUNCTION KEY 584 RING FREQUENCY CONTROL 586 RINGING LINE PICKUP 590 SOFT KEY 591 VOLUME CONTROL 595 REMOTE HOLD 596 RETURN MESSAGE SCHEDULE DISPLAY 598 ROUTE ADVANCE 599 SAVE AN...

Page 17: ...NANT SERVICE 685 TIE LINES 688 TIE LINE TANDEM SWITCHING 697 TIMED FORCED RELEASE 698 TIMED QUEUE 700 TIMED REMINDER 701 TRUNK DIRECT APPEARANCES 709 TRUNK QUEUING OUTGOING 715 TRUNK TO TRUNK CONNECTION 716 UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD 720 BUSY IN BUSY OUT UCD 723 CALL WAITING INDICATION UCD 724 DELAY ANNOUNCEMENT UCD 727 HUNT PAST NO ANSWER UCD 732 IMMEDIATE OVERFLOW UCD 732 PRIORITY QUEUING UCD...

Page 18: ...T 780 DIRECT DATA ENTRY 786 DO NOT DISTURB HOTEL MOTEL 788 DO NOT DISTURB SYSTEM 794 HOTEL MOTEL ATTENDANT CONSOLE 798 HOTEL MOTEL DID NUMBER ALLOCATION TO GUEST STATION 799 HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK INSTRUMENT 800 HOTEL MOTEL TOLL RESTRICTION CHANGE GUEST STATION 807 HOUSE PHONE 809 MAID STATUS 810 MESSAGE REGISTRATION 815 MESSAGE WAITING 818 PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACE 821 ROOM CUTOFF 832 ...

Page 19: ...e and hardware requirements for Business Features in this system CHAPTER 2 HOTEL FEATURES This chapter explains the system outline system capacity system specifications system programming and hardware requirements for the Hotel System APPENDIX A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT This appendix contains the key number layout of each Dterm DESKCON DSS Console and Add On Module Refer to this appendix to assign ...

Page 20: ...DMR INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVERDMR IPSDM NEAX IPSDM INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVERDM Terminal Name The following IP terminals are designated as Dterm IP usually unless we need to mention the type of ter minal in particular Dterm IP IP Adapter Type Dterm IP IP Bundled Type Dterm IP INASET Dterm SP20 Dterm SP30 NOTE Dterm 75 Series E Dterm 85 Series i terminal can be used as the IP terminal by attaching the ...

Page 21: ...on procedure and the programming procedure for the NEAX 2000 IPS System Command Manual Contains the Customer Administration Terminal CAT operation command functions data required for programming the system and the Resident System Program AD 8 System Manual Contains the hardware installation procedure and the programming procedure for the NEAXMail AD 8 Voice Mail System IM 16 System Manual Contains...

Page 22: ...ontains the system description hardware installation procedure and troubleshooting procedure for the TDM based Remote PIM System NOTE TDM based Remote PIM System is not available from Series 3200 R6 2 WCS System Manual Contains the system description hardware installation procedure programming procedure for the Wireless WCS System NEAX IPSDM Hardware Installation Guide Contains the general informa...

Page 23: ...d A reset of the AP00 card is required after data setting Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN A reset of the CFTC card is required after data setting Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN A reset of the DTI card is required after data setting Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN A reset of the CIR card is required after data setting Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then D...

Page 24: ...ce Trunk card COT card Attendant Console and interface card For Direct Digital Interface Message Center Interface MCI and Station Message Detail Recording SM DR the following sections explain the system for further details SYSTEM OUTLINE DTI PLO SYSTEM CAPACITY SYSTEM OPERATION TIME SLOT ALLOCATION DTI SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAMMING SUMMARY Direct Digital Interface only MCI only SMDR only JULY 01 2006...

Page 25: ...erring to the tables below For Series 3200 R6 1 software or before Available Not available For Series 3200 R6 2 software Available Not available FP AP No FP AP TYPE 00 01 03 04 15 16 19 20 31 32 59 60 63 FP card PN CP15 MP built in FP DAIA DAID card Virtual FP for Dterm IP AP card Virtual AP Virtual IPT FP AP No FP AP TYPE 00 01 03 04 15 16 19 20 31 32 59 60 63 FP card PN CP15 MP built in FP Virtu...

Page 26: ...lthough FP AP number marked with is available to use we recommend FP AP number marked with FP AP No FP AP TYPE 00 01 03 04 15 16 19 20 31 32 59 60 63 FP card PN CP15 MP built in FP Virtual FP for DtermIP AP card Virtual AP Virtual IPT Virtual CSH For PHS Virtual FP for PS Station AVAILABLE VALUE OF FP AP NUMBER ...

Page 27: ...ions or less and setting of the FP number 56 63 when providing 257 PS stations WLAN stations or more NOTE 3 Virtual CSH for WLAN and Virtual FP for WLAN Station are available for Series 3500 software or later FP AP No FP AP TYPE 00 01 03 04 15 16 19 20 31 32 59 60 63 FP card PN CP15 MP built in FP Virtual FP for DtermIP AP card Virtual AP Virtual IPT Virtual CSH for IP CS For PHS Virtual CSH for W...

Page 28: ...he feature programming using CM14 follow the LEN assignment shown below LEN assignment by CM14 Level 0 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7 LT card accommodation position number in Physical PIM Virtual station of Dterm IP accommodation position in Virtual PIM XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ XXZZZ LTXX XX ZZZ Port Number of Physical PIM Virtual PIM 000 127 FP Number 00 ...

Page 29: ...em 2 DSS Console number E100 E131 a For the FP No 00 03 the DSS Console number should be assigned as follows Series 3400 R9 1 software or before For FP No 00 E100 E107 For FP No 01 E108 E115 For FP No 02 E116 E123 For FP No 03 E124 E131 b For the FP No 00 03 of MP built in FP FP card of Main Site and MP built in FP of Remote Site the DSS Console number E100 E131 can be assigned without limit as sh...

Page 30: ...0 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For FP No 02 E816 E823 For FP No 03 E824 E831 b Do not assign the card number to the other FP No than above a c This data is not effective for a remote site of Remote PIM over IP system d Circuit No 3 of E831 is used for built in External Equipment Interface of MP card by setting CM44 5 Card Number of External Key Interface PN DK00 E900 E963 a The card number sho...

Page 31: ... are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of MP card 7 Add On Module number EC00 EC31 a For the FP No 00 03 the Add On Module number should be assigned as follows For FP No 00 EC00 EC07 For FP No 01 EC08 EC15 For FP No 02 EC16 EC23 For FP No 03 EC24 EC31 b For the other FP No than above a the Add On Module number EC00 EC31 can be assigned without limit as shown above a c This data is e...

Page 32: ...ided Remote PIM over IP feature or a system is a Main Site of Remote PIM over IP feature you can assign maximum four DTMF Receiver card numbers per FP in cludes the number for MP built in DTMF Receiver For the Remote Site MP built in DTMF Receiver can be used per Remote Site For CM45 setting data DTMF Receiver number in Series 3200 R6 2 or later is as shown below CM45 Y 0 Make Busy 1 XX Z DTMF Rec...

Page 33: ...Z DTMF Receiver No XX 00 30 MP Built in DTMF Receiver 8RST Card No For Series 3200 R6 2 software 00 45 MP Built in DTMF Receiver 8RST Card No For Series 3300 software or later Z 0 3 Circuit No 2 0 Only for Automated Attendant 1 For both DTMF station and Tie Line DID Automated Attendant PB DTMF RECEIVER NUMBER ...

Page 34: ...ackup before the following operations Turning Off the system System Initialization reset of MP card Changing the MP card to Off Line Mode Changing the MP card to On Line Mode after system data setting under Off Line Mode You can execute the system data backup by the following two ways Executing the system data backup once a day at the time set by CM43 Y 5 00 If no data is set the default setting i...

Page 35: ...ta conversion NOTE When upgrading the software in Retrofit system to Series 3400 or later convert the office data using Office Data Converter in the MATWorX CD ROM and then execute the office data conversion by CM00 90 DESCRIPTION DATA Execute the office data conversion Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 90 0 Start conversion 1 Always displayed after first data 90 is typed NOTE 1 NOTE 1 When f...

Page 36: ... 18 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch0001 fm THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ...

Page 37: ...ESS FEATURES This chapter explains the programming procedure and hardware require ments for Business Features in this system Explanations are given in alphabetical order of the feature names except the features on the next page CHAPTER 1 BUSINESS FEATURES ...

Page 38: ...Check Attendant Training Jacks Audible Indication Control Call Processing Indication Time Display Attendant Lockout Elapsed Call Timer Feature Activation from Secondary Extension Handsfree Answerback Handsfree Dialing and Monitoring Non exclusive Hold Night Service Day Night Mode Change by Attendant Console Maintenance Administration Terminal MAT Battery Release Control Configuration Report Power ...

Page 39: ...ction Class A Allow Account Code in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 30 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the maximum number of digits for Account Codes with MP NOTE If the SMDR message format 2400 IMS Format is assigned the maxi mum number of digits is 10 1 2 10 01 16 1 digit 16 digits NONE 10 digits Assign an access code for Account C...

Page 40: ...d 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EC00 EC31 Add On Module No For FP No 00 EC00 EC07 For FP No 01 EC08 EC15 For FP No 02 EC16 EC23 For FP No 03 EC24 EC31 NOTE Assign the Dterm which is associated with the Add On Module NOTE The Dterm and the Add On Module must be in the same PIM 1 2 Y 0 00 31 Last two digits of Add On Module No EC00 EC31 X XXXXXXXX My Line No Assign the Service Re...

Page 41: ...n Module if required For details refer to STATION SPEED DIAL ING 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Add On Module Key No 30 89 F11XX XX 00 99 Station Speed Dialing 00 99 Specify the tone ringer enabled on call termi nation for Day mode to each line trunk key on each Add On Module if required 1 2 Y 01 My Line No Add On Module Key No 30 54 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Assign the Delayed Ringing feature to each line trunk ...

Page 42: ...d DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the Delayed Ringing timing 1 2 Y 1 09 01 10 2 20 seconds 2 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 10 seconds Provide Trunk Direct Appearances to the trunk number 1 2 Y 18 000 255 Trunk No 0 To provide B CM41 CM30 END ADD ON MODULE ...

Page 43: ...1 2 120 0 10 seconds later 1 6 seconds later Specify the duration to display the name 1 2 121 0 Until call finished 1 As per CM08 120 Specify the duration of displaying the name when the incoming call is answered the select key for Calling Number Display and Calling Name Display or CID key is pressed Series 3300 software required 1 2 537 0 Until call is finished key is pressed again 1 6 seconds Sp...

Page 44: ... trunk name display NOTE 4 There are two ways to change a name that is currently programmed 1 by overwriting with a new name or 2 by inserting a blank space as the first character to cancel the existing name DESCRIPTION DATA Enter the desired station user s name to each station number by CM77 Y 0 or CM77 Y 1 1 2 Y 0 By Character Code X XXXXXXXX Station No Character Code 20 7F Maximum 32 dig its Se...

Page 45: ... to a Dterm with TAS 1 2 Y 42 00 63 Tenant No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Specify the My Line number of Dterm that dis plays the caller ID NOTE The number of stations that can dis play the caller ID on LCD is maxi mum 8 per tenant Set the allocation number to the sta tions that displays the caller ID 1 2 Y 30 XX YY XX 00 63 Tenant No YY 00 07 Allocation No X XXXXXXXX My Line No Provide Caller ID D...

Page 46: ...gn the allocation number to the stations that displays the caller ID 1 2 Y 30 XX YY XX 00 63 Tenant No YY 00 07 Allocation No X XXXXXXXX My Line No Provide Caller ID Display for the my line as signed by CM57 Y 30 1 2 Y 54 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Provide Caller ID Display for the stations of SLT sub line of Dterm Virtual line Virtual sta tion for PS that are accommodated t...

Page 47: ...onnect Assign the Single Port Mode to the required stations 1 2 Y 33 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 1 Single port mode Specify whether a ringing signal is sent to the analog terminal 1 2 Y 35 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Not sent 1 To send DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the Analog Port Adapter to the required stations 1 2 Y 32 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 To connect Assign the Dual Port Mode to the required stations 1 2 Y...

Page 48: ...08 F 300 for Analog Terminal If level 0 of the LEN is used for the Dterm the adjacent level 0 must be used Assign an analog terminal station number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE The analog terminal station number must be assigned to the following LEN Analog Terminal LEN Dterm LEN 8 For example when the DLC card is mounted on LT01 slot For Dterm LEN 00008 00015 For Ana...

Page 49: ...1 2 X XXXXXXXX Analog Terminal Station No X XXXXXXXX Analog Terminal Station No Provide the Analog Port Adapter to the required stations 1 2 Y 34 X XXXXXXXX Analog Terminal Station No 0 To connect Specify whether a ringing signal is sent to the analog terminal 1 2 Y 35 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify the PAD control of the analog terminal 1 2 Y 09 X XXXXXXXX Analog Terminal Stat...

Page 50: ...64 EB095 For PIM6 7 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign a Digital Announcement Trunk number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 ...

Page 51: ...access codes for Announcement Ser vice 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A103 Announcement Service Group 0 4 Record A104 Announcement Service Group 0 Replay A105 Announcement Service Group 1 Replay A106 Announcement Service Group 2 Replay A107 Announcement Service Group 3 Replay A108 Announcement Service Group 4 Replay A109 Announcement Service Group 0 4 Delete When Multiple Co...

Page 52: ... an nouncement is limited to 120 seconds NOTE 4 For the multi connection of a Digital Announcement Trunk Circuit the duration of replay for an announcement is programmable from 4 to 396 seconds DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the function for each Digital Announcement Trunk card 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk No EB002 EB127 04X Z X 0 4 Group No Z 0 9 Message No...

Page 53: ...assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of th...

Page 54: ...ding on traffic con ditions System programming can be set to wait until circuits become free or immediately follow pre programmed normal call handling if a busy condition is encountered Digital Announcement Trunk Circuits can be shared among tenants This feature does not function on Attendant transferred calls DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the function for each Digital An nouncement Trunk card 1 2 Y 00 ...

Page 55: ...unk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital ...

Page 56: ...ction for each Digital Announcement Trunk card 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk No EB002 EB127 0D00 No Answer 0E00 Busy Assign the Digital Announcement Trunk as the destination of the DID call on each tenant 1 2 Y 00 No Answer Y 03 Busy 00 63 Tenant No EB000 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk No Assign the Digital Announcement Trunk as the destination of th...

Page 57: ...required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 a...

Page 58: ... or station on Hold More than one connection can be made to a Digital Announcement Trunk Circuit Only the first connection can be assured of hearing the message from the beginning Announcement will be repeated until the call is removed from hold DESCRIPTION DATA To record replay or delete a message assign the respective Digital Announcement Trunk access code 1 2 Y 0 3 Number Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX ...

Page 59: ...ed NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB0...

Page 60: ...ge from the beginning Announcements may be programmed to be repeated from 4 to 120 seconds in four second in crements HARDWARE REQUIRED DAT card or MP card built in DAT DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the duration of an Announcement 1 2 Y 0 45 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 60 64 seconds To record replay or delete a message assign the respective Digital A...

Page 61: ...DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Service Restriction Class B for Answer Key to the required Dterm 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Answer Key in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 72 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow START CM12 CM15 END ANSWER KEY ...

Page 62: ...ndled by each ATT Group 1 2 Y 0 3 ATTCON Group No 0 3 assigned by CM60 Y 00 00 63 Tenant No 0 To be handled Specify the Attendant access ATTCON No 0 capability provided from the stations be longing to a tenant with no Attendant Console 1 2 142 0 Allowed 1 Restricted Provide the system with Passing Dial Tone 1 2 048 1 Available Provide the system with Attendant Night Transfer if required 1 2 018 0 ...

Page 63: ...n Tone sent to busy station 1 2 068 0 Camp on Tone is sent out only once 1 Camp on Tone is repeated at an inter val of 4 seconds Specify the recall timing of Camp On 1 2 Y 0 00 01 14 2 4 33 6 seconds 2 4 second increments 15 24 38 4 124 8 seconds 9 6 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 31 2 33 6 seconds DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the access code for Call Pickup Direct 1 2 Y 0 3...

Page 64: ...name on an Attendant Console when reentering a Camped On trunk by pressing the loop key DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the Attendant Console with the busy station number name display when reentering a Camped On trunk 1 2 441 0 Available 1 Not available START CM08 END ATTENDANT CAMP ON ...

Page 65: ...X 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E000 E007 ATTCON No Set the terminating system for the incoming calls to DESKCON 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Y 03 Night Mode Y 40 Mode A Y 41 Mode B 000 255 Trunk No 14 Attendant Console Assign the required Attendant Call Selection keys and Function keys to each DESKCON according to the key label To assign Multi Function Key refer to MULTI FUNCTION KEY Page 73 1 2 Y 00 ATTC...

Page 66: ...usy ATND NANS Recall EMG BV TRKSL Call Park SC SVC REC Mute PAGE Start Key No Data Description Key Label Default Data 13 14 15 16 17 18 90 91 93 94 95 96 97 F6000 F6040 F6064 F6060 F6063 F6061 F6200 F6201 F6203 F6204 F6202 C O Incoming 0 LDN Tie Line Incoming 0 TIE Call Forwarding Busy Line Busy Operator Call ATND Call Forwarding No Answer NANS Recall Recall Source SRC Destination DEST Talk Talk H...

Page 67: ...fective by the Day Night Mode Change key 1 2 Y 06 0 7 ATTCON No 0 Effective Assign the password for Attendant Console Lockout 1 2 Y 30 0 X X X Password Maximum 8 digits X 0 9 A B If no data is set the default setting is NONE In this case the password is set to 12345678 When providing 2nd Ringing feature on the DESKCON make Off Hook Ringing effec tive 1 2 Y 16 0 7 ATTCON No 0 Effective Allow or res...

Page 68: ...5 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1001 fm DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the tenants to be handled by each ATT Group 1 2 Y 0 3 00 63 Tenant No 0 To handle 1 Not handled C CM62 INITIAL END DECEMBER 02 2005 ATTENDANT CONSOLE SN716 DESKCON ...

Page 69: ...ies 3300 software required 1 2 537 0 Until call is finished key is pressed again 1 6 seconds Specify the duration of displaying the destina tion information when the outgoing call is an swered by the destination via CCIS ISDN Series 3300 software required 1 2 538 0 Until call finished 1 6 seconds Assign the access code for Name Display used from individual stations 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0...

Page 70: ...acter X XXXXXXXX Station No A Z 0 9 Character Maximum 16 characters Assign the desired trunk name to each trunk route by CM77 Y 2 or Y 3 1 2 Y 2 By Character Code 00 14 16 63 Trunk Name No assigned by CM35 Y 03 Character Code 20 7F Maximum 8 digits See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 3 By Character 00 14 16 63 Trunk Name No assigned by CM35 Y 03 A Z 0 9 Character Maximum 4 characters...

Page 71: ...ess key twice By pressing same key 11 times the character returns to the one pressed once To register characters press key after each character registration To switch between alphabet upper case A Z and alphabet lower case a z press key To delete the data overwrite by blank The following is the example to register john 1 DT receiving 2 Register the access code specified for Name Display SPDT recei...

Page 72: ...ch1001 fm Character Table 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 A D G J M P T W 3 B E H K N Q U X 4 C F I L O R V Y 5 S Z 6 7 8 9 10 NUMBER OF TIMES KEY JANUARY 20 2006 ATTENDANT CONSOLE ATTENDANT CALLED CALLING NAME DISPLAY ...

Page 73: ... 0 7 40 47 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 7 50 53 Special Operator Call 0 3 54 Priority Call 0 55 Priority Call 1 56 Emergency Call 60 Operator Call 61 Recall 62 Serial Call 63 Call Forwarding No Answer 64 Call Forwarding Busy Line 65 Call Forwarding Intercept 66 Off Hook Alarm 67 Interposition Calling Transfer START CM35 CM90 L6 12 L5 11 L4 10 L3 09 L2 08 L1 07 0 8 9 6 3 5 2 1 4 7 SRC 90 DEST 91 93 95 ...

Page 74: ...t Disturb and Do Not Disturb Override function keys to each DESKCON if needed NOTE By resident system program the Multi Function keys are pro grammed to provide a Do Not Disturb Override key when the attendant calls a station in Do Not Disturb 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6102 Do Not Disturb F6108 Do Not Disturb Override F6104 Reset START CM13 CM90 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE ATTENDANT DO NOT DI...

Page 75: ...ESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6067 Attendant Interposition Calling Transfer Transferred ATTEN DANT CONSOLE Answer key lamp Specify the Inter Position Transferred call to another tenant s Attendant Console If the data is set to 1 a call from any station can be transferred to another Attendant Console regardless of Tenant Allocation by CM62 1 2 143 0 Restricted 1 Allowed START CM20 CM9...

Page 76: ...uired number of ICI key on the DESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No Key No F60XX F6000 F6007 C O Incoming Call 0 7 F6040 F6047 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 7 Assign the indialed number to each LDN key or Tie Line key assigned by CM90 The indialed number should be different from any numbers assigned by CM10 CM14 and CM11 1 2 Y 01 For DID 0 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 1 8 LDN Key 0 7 assigned by CM90 X XXXX India...

Page 77: ... assigned by CM50 Y 01 10 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 11 18 Tie Line Key 0 7 assigned by CM50 Y 02 00 63 Tenant No 1 2 Y 01 TAS Group No Same as CM58 Y 00 00 63 TAS Group No assigned by CM44 13 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Destination of LDN Same as CM58 Y 00 00 07 LDN TIE key 0 7 08 To TAS 09 To the station outside party assigned by CM58 Y 08 1 2 Y 03 Night Mode Destination of LDN Same as CM58 Y 00 00 07 LD...

Page 78: ... 08 To TAS 1 2 Y 07 Night Mode diversion for non answering destination station Same as CM58 Y 00 Same as CM58 Y 06 If a station is designated by CM58 Y 02 03 assign the station number or abbreviated code for outside party to which the call is to be diverted 1 2 Y 08 Day Mode station number Same as CM58 Y 00 X XXXXXXXX Station No CXX Abbreviated code for outside party XX 00 31 given by CM71 66 1 2 ...

Page 79: ...atic Recall DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with the Attendant Loop Release feature 1 2 014 Attendant Loop Release 0 Available DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the access code for Call Pickup Direct 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A021 Call Pickup Direct START CM08 END START CM20 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE ATTENDANT LOOP RELEASE ...

Page 80: ...et the default setting is NONE In this case the password is set to 12345678 Assign the program key for providing Atten dant Programming on the DESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6111 Assign the access code for providing Atten dant Programming for the DESKCON if re quired 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A156 START CM60 CM90 CM20 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE ATTENDANT PROGRA...

Page 81: ... 63 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1001 fm CALL QUEUING PROGRAMMING Refer to CALL WAITING DISPLAY Page 65 ATTENDANT CONSOLE CALL QUEUING ...

Page 82: ...L3 09 L2 08 L1 07 0 8 9 6 3 5 2 1 4 7 SRC 90 DEST 91 93 95 Answer 96 Hold 94 Release 97 Cancel Talk Position Busy Volume Night 15 01 02 03 04 13 16 17 18 92 19 20 21 14 24 22 23 LDN TIE Busy ATND NANS Recall EMG BV TRKSL Call Park SC SVC REC Mute PAGE Start Key No Data Description Key Label Default Data 90 91 93 95 F6200 F6201 F6203 F6202 Source SRC Destination DEST Talk Talk Cancel Cancel F6200 S...

Page 83: ...1001 fm CALL WAITING DISPLAY PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the number of waiting calls which cause the Call Waiting lamp to flash 1 2 00 01 48 1 call 48 calls NONE 6 calls START CM42 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE CALL WAITING DISPLAY ...

Page 84: ... 7 Assign the indialed number to each LDN key assigned by CM90 The indialed number should be different from any numbers assigned by CM10 CM14 and CM11 1 2 Y 01 1 8 LDN key 0 7 assigned by CM90 X XXXX Indialed No Assign the destination to which a DID call is transferred when an unassigned number is di aled 1 2 Y 06 For DID Call 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXXXX Station No E000 Attendant Console START CM08...

Page 85: ... CM58 Y 00 00 63 TAS Group No NOTE A call is diverted to LDN0 7 keys as specified by CM58 Y 02 07 even if CM50 Y 01 1 8 has been set 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode destination of LDN Same as CM58 Y 00 00 07 LDN0 7 key 08 To TAS 09 To the station outside party assigned by CM58 Y 08 1 2 Y 03 Night Mode destination of LDN Same as CM58 Y 00 00 07 LDN0 7 key 08 To TAS 09 To the station outside party assigned by CM5...

Page 86: ...CM58 Y 00 00 To Attendant Console NANS key 08 To TAS 1 2 Y 07 Night Mode diversion for non answering destination station Same as CM58 Y 00 Same as CM58 Y 06 If a station is designated by CM58 Y 02 03 assign the station number to which the call is to be diverted 1 2 Y 08 Day Mode destination station Same as CM58 Y 00 X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 2 Y 09 Night Mode destination station Same as CM58 Y 00 Sa...

Page 87: ...F6000 F6007 C O Incoming Call 0 7 F6040 F6047 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 7 Assign the indialed number to each LDN key or Tie Line key assigned by CM90 The indialed number should be different from any numbers assigned by CM10 CM14 and CM11 1 2 Y 01 For DID 0 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 1 8 LDN key 0 7 assigned by CM90 X XXXX Indialed No 1 2 Y 02 For Tie Line 0 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 1 8 Tie Line...

Page 88: ...03 even if CM50 Y 01 02 1 8 has been set 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Destination of LDN 00 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 01 08 LDN key 0 7 assigned by CM90 10 Effective data in CM35 Y 15 11 18 Tie Line key 0 7 assigned by CM90 00 07 LDN TIE key 0 7 1 2 Y 03 Night Mode destination of LDN Same as CM58 Y 02 00 07 LDN TIE key 0 7 1 2 Y 08 Day Mode destination station Same as CM58 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No CXX Ab...

Page 89: ...FICATION PROGRAMMING Refer to the following SN716 DESKCON Page 47 ATTENDANT CALLED CALLING NAME DISPLAY Page 51 ATTENDANT CALL SELECTION Page 55 ATTENDANT LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER Page 58 COMMON ROUTE INDIAL Page 66 ATTENDANT CONSOLE INCOMING CALL IDENTIFICATION ...

Page 90: ...entification code to each trunk The Trunk ID code is to be dialed after the access code and displayed on the Attendant Console 1 2 Y 19 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM10 CM14 D000 D255 XXXX Trunk ID code NOTE Set any desired number 4 digit NOTE By loading Resident System Pro gram Trunk Identification Codes are assigned as follows 1XXX XXX 000 255 Trunk Number START CM20 CM30 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE ...

Page 91: ...2 Y 00 EXX Y Multi Function key No 01 04 DESKCON XX 00 04 ATTCON Status No 00 Idle State NOTE 2 01 When answering or originating 02 When called station is busy 03 When called station is DND 04 When accessing Hotel feature Y 0 7 ATTCON No F6100 Room Cutoff F6101 Message Waiting F6102 Do Not Disturb F6104 Reset F6105 Serial Call Set F6106 Flash over trunk F6107 Busy Verification F6108 Do Not Disturb...

Page 92: ... 74 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1001 fm MULTIPLE CONSOLE OPERATION PROGRAMMING Refer to ATTENDANT CONSOLE SN716 DESKCON Page 47 ATTENDANT CONSOLE MULTIPLE CONSOLE OPERATION ...

Page 93: ...CALLING ATTENDANT ONLY PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the type of signaling DTMF to Outgoing and Bothway Trunk Routes 1 2 Y 01 00 63 Trunk Route No 7 DP DTMF Incoming DTMF Outgoing START CM35 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE PUSHBUTTON CALLING ATTENDANT ONLY ...

Page 94: ...m SERIAL CALL PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the SERIAL CALL SET and SERIAL CALL Keys on the DESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6062 Serial Call Termination F6105 Serial Call Set START CM90 END ATTENDANT CONSOLE SERIAL CALL ...

Page 95: ...eys per DESKCON can be assigned Any six trunk group number out of trunk group number 01 62 can be assigned NOTE 2 Key number 1 6 should not be assigned to provide a Trunk Group Busy Lamp 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F12XX XX 01 62 Trunk Group No assigned by CM30 Y 09 For providing external Trunk Group Busy Lamps assign the trunk group number to the required circuit number on the DK card or ...

Page 96: ...all must be programmed for answer and or release signals to ensure the trunks do not lock up Refer to TRUNK TO TRUNK CONNECTION Page 716 for data to be assigned to each trunk DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with this feature 1 2 206 0 Not available 1 Available START CM08 END JULY 01 2006 ATTENDANT CONSOLE UNSUPERVISED TRUNK TO TRUNK TRANSFER BY ATTENDANT ...

Page 97: ...nt Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Dig...

Page 98: ...Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A100 Record A101 Replay A102 Delete Specify the unanswered timing of message replay 1 2 Y 0 16 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 sec onds Specify the Attendant Delay Announcement connection timer 1 2 Y 0 67 01 32 4 128 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 8 12 sec onds Specify the...

Page 99: ...h trunk 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode 000 255 Trunk No 14 Termination to Attendant Console 1 2 Y 03 Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 04 Direct in Termination 1 2 Y 05 Night Station Assignment 000 255 Trunk No X XXXXXXXX Station No Specify the timing interval for Attendant Over flow 1 2 Y 0 01 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 sec onds START CM08 CM30 CM41 END AT...

Page 100: ...ftware or before 0000 1019 Virtual LEN Series 3400 software or later X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No Assign Service Restriction Class A to the Virtual Line station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No assigned by CM11 XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call Forwarding All Calls Outside in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 26 00 15 Service Restriction C...

Page 101: ...and Night station DESCRIPTION DATA To apply Call Forwarding All Calls Outside set the trunk route combinations for Tandem Connection NOTE For Resident System Programming refer to the Command Manual 1 2 Y 05 00 63 Trunk Route No NOTE 1 Release signal arrives NOTE 1 2 Y 0 Incoming Trunk Route No Outgoing Trunk Route No assigned by CM35 Y 05 0 Allow A CM35 CM36 END ATTENDANT OVERFLOW ...

Page 102: ...tion No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Attendant Override called side in the Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 09 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Individual Trunk Access 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A081 Individual Trunk Access Assign the Trunk Identification Code to each tr...

Page 103: ...ttendant Lockout DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the Busy Verification key to DESKCON NOTE By Resident System Program one of the Multi Function keys is assigned as a Busy Verification key when re ceiving Busy Tone 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6107 Busy Verification A CM90 END ATTENDANT OVERRIDE ...

Page 104: ...uthorization Code in Service Restric tion Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 31 Authorization Code 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the entry of Authorization Code after dialing an LCR access code and desired number Series 3900 software required NOTE To provide this operation the following data assignments are required Toll restriction CM12 Y 01 CM8A Y 5XXX...

Page 105: ... X XX XX Maximum16 digits ID Code for Authorization Code 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No Assign the purpose of ID Code 1 2 Y 10 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 0 Validate the ID Code entered from sta tions and trunks 1 Validate the ID Code entered from sta tions 3 Invalidate the ID Code entered from stations and trunks Assign the desired Trunk Restriction Class for each ID Code Pattern number 1 2 Y 11 0...

Page 106: ...n the desired Service Restriction Class A to each ID Code Pattern number The features available in each class are as signed by CM15 1 2 Y 12 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Assign the desired Service Restriction Class B to each ID Code Pattern number The features available in each class are as signed by CM15 1 2 Y 13 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restric...

Page 107: ...ed Attendant destination 1 2 Y 30 Handling of busy not available Auto mated Attendant destination in Day Mode Y 31 Handling of busy not available Auto mated Attendant destination in Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 00 C O line release 01 Forwarded to TAS indicator 03 Forwarded to Attendant Console 04 Forwarded to DIT Station 05 Music and DT connection for Redial 06 DT connection for redial 08 2nd Answe...

Page 108: ...tenant connection is allowed on an Automated Attendant incoming call 1 2 Y 2 XX ZZ XX 00 63 Tenant No of called station ZZ 00 63 Tenant No of trunk 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Assign the answering method for the Automat ed Attendant to the required tenants 1 2 Y 0 00 63 Tenant No 00 DT Connection 01 Hold Tone on MP card DT Connection 02 1st Answering Message DT Connection 03 DT Connection For providing...

Page 109: ...r North America Special Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 For EU 1 As per CM35 Y 33 Specify the process when a call is transferred by an Automated Attendant to a predetermined station and time out occurs 1 2 359 0 Disconnect call 1 Continue call Specify the process for an Automated Atten dant call when a caller dials while receiving the message or music 1...

Page 110: ... party 1 2 Y 0 34 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds Specify the timing of unanswered call after forwarding to predetermined station in Auto mated Attendant 1 2 Y 0 39 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds Specify the time before Dial Tone timeout in Automated Attendant 1 2 Y 0 43 0...

Page 111: ... required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095...

Page 112: ...cord replay or delete a message assign the respective Digital Announcement Trunk access codes 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A100 Record A101 Replay A102 Delete Specify the message replay timer for Automat ed Attendant 1 2 Y 0 51 01 31 8 128 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 64 68 sec onds A CM20 CM41 END AUTOMATED ATTENDANT ...

Page 113: ... 3rd Operation 1 202 2 200 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No X XXXXXXXX Another station No to be linked Assign the Pilot station and Member station NOTE Pilot station must be a non equipped LEN CM10 CM14 phan tom 1 2 Y 1 X XXXXXXXX ACD station No 1 Pilot station 0 Member station Assign the ACD group number 1 2 Y 2 X XXXXXXXX ACD station No 00 15 ACD Group 00 15 Specify ACD service for each type of cal...

Page 114: ...er of queuing in each ACD group X XXXXXXXX Pilot station No of ACD group 0 To provide See CM42 16 1 Not provided Specify the maximum number of queuing in each ACD group 1 2 16 01 99 1 call 99 calls NONE No limit Specify the basic call answer delay time for use in PEG Count analysis 1 2 Y 0 16 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds Assign the ...

Page 115: ... 2 214 For the held call from Tie Line 0 Reconnected by Switch Hook Flash 1 Disconnected 1 2 215 For the held call from C O Line 0 Reconnected by Switch Hook Flash 1 Disconnected Specify whether the transferred C O call from a station or an attendant is placed into queuing mode when all ACD stations are busy NOTE This data is only effective when CM08 212 is set to 1 1 2 227 0 The call is placed in...

Page 116: ...tion on DSS Console DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with ACD Busy Out indication on DSS Console 1 2 265 0 To provide Assign the function key on each DSS Console 1 2 DSS Console No 00 31 Function Key No 57 59 F1055 ACD Busy Out START CM08 CM97 END AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD BUSY IN BUSY OUT ACD ...

Page 117: ...lls NONE 1 call NOTE Depending on the number of queuing station trunk lamp indication pattern on a Dterm is different as shown below N Number of queuing station trunk Assign the ACD Call Waiting Indication LED to the required Dterm as required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1280 F1295 ACD Group 0 15 START CM08 CM42 CONDITIONS LAMP INDICATION 2nd Data 01 Steady on red irrespective of number of queuing...

Page 118: ...IM4 5 E816 E823 For PIM6 7 E824 E831 NOTE 2 Circuit No 3 of E831 is used for built inExternalEquipmentInterface on MP card by setting CM44 Assign the DK card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The DK card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E800 E831 DK card No For FP...

Page 119: ...n to the DK 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No 313 Built in External Equipment Interface on MP card 14XX XX 00 15 ACD Group No assigned by CM17 Specify the external ACD Call Waiting indica tion pattern 1 2 00 01 30 IPM 1 second ON OFF 02 60 IPM 0 5 seconds ON OFF 03 120 IPM 0 25 seconds ON OFF 07 Steady on NONE 120 IPM 0 25 seconds ON OFF A CM08 CM44 CM59 EN...

Page 120: ...02 EB031 For PIM2 3 EB032 EB063 For PIM4 5 EB064 EB095 For PIM6 7 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign the Digital Announcement Trunk card number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LE...

Page 121: ...Announcement Trunk Card EB002 EB127 No assigned by CM10 CM14 0B0XX XX 00 15 ACD group No When transferring the call to a station or Atten dant after the 1st interval time of ACD Delay Announcement assign the destination NOTE This is a separate feature called Delay Overflow ACD Delay An nouncement is required in order for this feature to work 1 2 Y 17 00 63 Tenant No Destination X XXXXXXXX Station ...

Page 122: ...edicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign the Digital Announcement Trunk card number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB...

Page 123: ...ACD Delay Announcement 1 2 Y 0 16 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds Assign the ACD Delay Announcement func tion and the ACD Second Delay Announce ment function to the required Digital Announcement Trunk 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 11XX ACD Second Delay Announce...

Page 124: ...m HUNT PAST NO ANSWER ACD PROGRAMMING Refer to CALL FORWARDING NO ANSWER Page 142 IMMEDIATE OVERFLOW ACD PROGRAMMING Refer to CALL FORWARDING BUSY LINE Page 140 AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD HUNT PAST NO ANSWER ACD IMMEDIATE OVERFLOW ACD ...

Page 125: ...te 1 2 Y 60 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Assign Priority Queuing per DID incoming LDN if Digit Conversion is provided CM35 Y 18 is set to 0 1 2 Y 11 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 Not provided 1 To provide START CM35 CM76 END AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD PRIORITY QUEUING ACD ...

Page 126: ... 108 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1002 fm QUEUE SIZE CONTROL ACD PROGRAMMING Refer to AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD Page 95 AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD QUEUE SIZE CONTROL ACD ...

Page 127: ...s when monitoring a station to station or station to trunk call 1 2 259 0 No tone 1 One warning tone Specify whether the warning tone is sent to the outside party when monitoring a station to trunk call 1 2 076 0 To send 1 Not sent Assign Service Restriction Class A for monitoring stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow monitoring stations in Servic...

Page 128: ...CP27 B PN CP31 D is used as MP card the following tone sources are not available It s a small world 2nd data 05 Let it be 2nd data 07 and If you love me 2nd data 09 Minuet will be set instead of those tone sources NOTE 2 This data setting is effective only for the legacy terminal For DtermIP this data setting is not effective Dterm IP uses the tone source in IP Adapter Minuet 1 2 Y 3 01 00 Nocturn...

Page 129: ...d built in DAT To provide the external Call Waiting Indicator DK card or MP card built in External Equipment Interface External Indicator Requirement for External Indicator Control Method Ground Battery Maximum125 mA Type Visual and or Audible type with volume control AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD SILENT MONITOR ACD ...

Page 130: ...RMATION SYSTEM MIS NOTE Additional programming is required for MIS once ACD has been programmed Refer to the CallCenterWorX System Manual If you use the CallCenterWorX the maximum digit of a station number must be 4 digits AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION ACD WITH MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM MIS ...

Page 131: ...CRIPTION DATA Specify the Camp On Tone pattern 1 2 068 0 Send out only once 1 Repeat at 4 second intervals Assign Automatic Camp On to the required DIT trunks 1 2 Y 13 In Day Mode Y 14 In Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 06 Automatic Camp On START CM08 CM30 END AUTOMATIC CAMP ON ...

Page 132: ... Day of the week 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday NONE Automatic clock change is not provided Specify the automatic change time of the sys tem clock from daylight saving time to stan dard time for change pattern 0 NOTE The change of system clock is exe cuted at 3 00 am in daylight saving time of the specified day 1 2 Y 8 01 MM W D MM 01 12 Change Month W 1 4 9...

Page 133: ...esday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday NONE Automatic clock change is not provided Specify the automatic change time of the sys tem clock from daylight saving time to stan dard time for change pattern 1 NOTE The change of system clock is exe cuted at 3 00 am in daylight saving time of the specified day 1 2 Y 8 05 MM W D MM 01 12 Change Month W 1 4 9 Change Week 1 4 First Fourth Week 9 Fi...

Page 134: ...with Daylight Saving Time NONE To operate with Standard Time Specify the system clock used for the SMDR output of outgoing incoming call 1 2 836 0 System clock of the site that the seized trunk is accommodated for outgoing call System clock of site that the ter minated trunk is accommodated for outgoing call 1 System clock of Main Site Specify the system clock used for the SMDR output of station t...

Page 135: ...time for change pat tern 0 1 2 Y 8 03 YYYY MM DD YYYY 2000 2099 Year MM 01 12 Month DD 01 31 Date NONE Automatic clock change has not been executed Read the system clock which the automatic clock change was executed from standard time to daylight saving time for change pattern 1 1 2 Y 8 06 YYYY MM DD YYYY 2000 2099 Year MM 01 12 Month DD 01 31 Date NONE Automatic clock change has not been executed...

Page 136: ... read out of daylight saving time of Main Site DESCRIPTION DATA Read out of daylight saving time of Main Site 1 2 3 HH MM SS HH 00 23 Hour MM 00 59 Minute SS 00 59 Second START CM02 END DECEMBER 02 2005 AUTOMATIC CHANGE TO DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME ...

Page 137: ...uired PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the operation at pressing another Line Trunk key while talking on the station trunk using Trunk Direct Appearances 1 2 Y 58 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Hold the call and seize the Line Trunk key START CM13 END NOVEMBER 15 2006 AUTOMATIC HOLD ...

Page 138: ...o 31 DID Tie line and any call which is not handled by the PBX Assign the trunk route data to each DTI route 1 2 Y 00 Kind of trunk route 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 DDD C O DID ISDN trunk 1 2 Y 04 Answer signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Answer signal arrives 1 2 Y 05 Release signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Release signal arrives 1 2 Y 09 Incoming connection signalin...

Page 139: ...he network to each trunk route 1 2 Y 129 Calling No Sending Method 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Caller ID Class SM 1 T1 ANI A CM35 T R Transmitter PAD Receiver PAD Gain Loss CONNECTION PATTERNS PAD DATA OF DTI dB DATA 4 T R DATA 5 T R DATA 6 T R DATA 7 T R Station DTI 3 8 3 3 3 3 3 8 Tone DTI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT DTI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ODT 4W E M DTI 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtua...

Page 140: ... No Provide system with MF Signaling 1 2 52 MF Signaling 0 To provide Assign calling number sending method from the network to the AP number of MF Receiver Trunk 1 2 Y 07 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 0 Caller ID Class SM 1 T1 ANI Provide required DID trunk route with MF Signaling 1 2 Y 37 MF Signaling Assignment 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Available Assign MF PAD control level to the incoming sig...

Page 141: ... to the AP numbers assigned by CM05 04 15 20 31 CM31 Y 2 CM05Y 0 AP Number 0 AP Number X AP Number 1 AP Number Y AP Number 2 AP Number Z AP Number 3 AP Number W X Y Z W Assign supervisory timer of interdigit pause on incoming signal 1 2 Y B 05 Supervisory Timer of Interdigit Pause on Incoming Signal NONE 24 seconds 01 31 1 31 seconds Assign Busy Idle information not to be sent to T1 network 1 2 Y ...

Page 142: ...s of Called No NONE No data 01 31 1 31 digits Assign the signal kind of Called Number sent from T1 network NOTE When the Signal Pattern from T1 network is FGD Format Assign the data to 1 When the Signal Pattern from T1 network is ANI Format Assign the data to 0 1 2 Y A 17 Signal Kind of Called No NOTE 0 DP 1 DTMF Assign the ACK WINK Signal to be sent to the DTI when the signal kind of Called from ...

Page 143: ...etwork NONE No data 01 31 1 31 digits Assign the number of digits to be deleted from ANI if required An example of FGD Format 1 2 Y A 14 Number of Deleting Digits from ANI NONE No digit deletion 00 No digit deletion 01 10 Leading one digit deletion Leading 10 digits deletion Assign whether ANI is sent to the OAI terminal or not 1 2 462 Sending ANI to OAI terminal 0 To send 1 Not sent Assign whethe...

Page 144: ...ute No 00 09 0 add 9 add 10 2 digit addition CM50 Y 00 0 11 1 digit deletion 12 2 digits deletion 15 Addition deletion is not performed Assign the access code for LCR Group 0 3 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A126 LCR Group 0 A127 LCR Group 1 A128 LCR Group 2 A129 LCR Group 3 Assign an area code for Intra Office Termination 1 2 Y 4005 4007 Area Code Development No 5 7 X XXXXX...

Page 145: ... 1 2 Y 0 00 Attendant Recall 01 14 2 4 33 6 seconds 2 4 second increments 15 24 38 4 124 8 seconds 9 6 second increments 1 2 05 Non Exclusive Hold 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments 99 Recall is not performed 1 2 06 Exclusive Hold 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments 99 Recall is not performed 1 2 07 Transfer Recall 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments 1 2 11 Attendant Hold Recall 01 14...

Page 146: ...A to the required Dterms 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Background Music on Dterm in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 32 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for this feature 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access code 66 A039 BGM on Dterm Assign a trunk route number...

Page 147: ... 129 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1002 fm HARDWARE REQUIRED External BGM Source Up to 10 BGM Sources can be provided COT card or TNT card BACKGROUND MUSIC ...

Page 148: ...ign the MW SET MW RESET keys to the Secretary s Dterm if needed 1 2 Y 00 My Line No of Secretary Key No F0040 MW Set F0041 MW Reset If the Boss station is a Dterm assign a MW Lamp to the Boss Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No of Boss Key No F1005 MW Lamp Assign the access code for MW Set MW Reset to the secretary s Dterm if required 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A040 MW Set A041 MW...

Page 149: ...Allow Call waiting to the Secretary station in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 43 Calling Side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow To provide Boss Secretary Override assign Service Restriction Class A for Call Waiting to the Boss station For Boss Station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call waiting to ...

Page 150: ...d DESCRIPTION DATA Set the data for accommodating the Boss line to the Secretary s Sub line 1 2 Y 05 X XXXXXXXX Boss Station No 0 Accommodated 1 Not accommodated Specify whether to send ringing signal to the Boss station 1 2 Y 08 X XXXXXXXX Boss Station No 0 Not sent 1 Send START CM12 CM13 END JULY 01 2006 BOSS SECRETARY CALLING ...

Page 151: ... 133 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1002 fm BROKER S CALL PROGRAMMING Refer to CALL HOLD Page 404 BROKER S CALL ...

Page 152: ...ch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective 1 2 069 Single Digit Dialing on BT Connec tion 1 Step Call 1 2 148 Same Last Digit Redialing on BT Connection 1 Ineffective NOTE 1 A single digit access code 2 is fixedly assigned to this feature NOTE 2 While the calling Dterm DP or DTMF telephone is holding the other call the single digit access code 2 is not available NOTE 3 From a DTMF telephone a hooking operation i...

Page 153: ...ired 1 2 Y 46 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Back 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 1 1 A002 Call Back Set A003 Call Back Cancel For setting the same access code as Trunk Queuing Outgoing 1 2 X XXXX Access Code 1 1 A004 Outgoing Trunk Queuing Call Back Set A005 Outgoing Trunk Queuing Call Back Cancel Assign a Cal...

Page 154: ...utgoing Trunk LCR Group Access Code 1 4 digits Separate Mark YY Y Called No Maximum 26 digits Destination Attendant E000 Attendant Console 1 2 Y 04 Split Call Forwarding ALL Calls Y 05 Split Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 Target Station for Split Call Forwarding Block 0 ATT 1 Target Station for Split Call Forwarding Block 1 2 Target Station for Split Call Forwarding Bl...

Page 155: ...ENDANT CALL FORWARDING SET UP AND CANCEL PROGRAMMING Refer to CALL FORWARDING ALL CALLS Page 138 Refer to CALL FORWARDING BUSY LINE Page 140 Refer to CALL FORWARDING NO ANSWER Page 142 CALL FORWARDING ATTENDANT CALL FORWARDING SET UP AND CANCEL ...

Page 156: ... Calls Outside 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding All Calls Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 5 5 A010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set A011 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel To apply this feature to incoming calls set the trunk route combinations for Tandem Connec tion 1 2 Y 05 00 ...

Page 157: ...ll Forward ing All Calls Outside 1 2 600 0 By calling party s tenant terminating trunk s tenant 1 By Call Forwarding setting station s tenant Assign Call Forwarding All Calls keys to the Dterm s as required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set Cancel Provide Call Forwarding feature to each tenant as per incoming call type 1 2 Y 23 Internal Call or ATT assisted Call Y 24 C...

Page 158: ...ion Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding Busy Line Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A014 Call Forwarding Busy Line Set A015 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel 1 2 For setting the same access code as Call Forwarding No Answer X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A012 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy Line Set A013 Call F...

Page 159: ... a trunk access code 1 2 386 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Select the trunk route seized for Call Forward ing Busy Line Outside 1 2 600 0 By calling party s tenant terminating trunk s tenant 1 By Call Forwarding setting station s tenant Assign Call Forwarding Busy Line keys to the Dterm as required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0014 Call Forwarding Busy Line Set Cancel 1 2 For setting the same key as Call ...

Page 160: ...side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding No Answer Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A016 Call Forwarding No Answer Set A017 Call Forwarding No Answer Cancel 1 2 For setting the same access code as Call Forwarding Busy Line X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A012 Call Forwarding No Answe...

Page 161: ...ents If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds To apply this feature to incoming calls set the trunk route combinations for Tandem Connec tion 1 2 Y 05 00 63 Trunk Route No NOTE 1 Release signal arrives NOTE NOTE For Resident System Programming refer to the Command Manual 1 2 Y 0 Incoming Trunk Route No Outgoing Trunk Route No assigned by CM35 Y 05 0 Allow Specify the setting method f...

Page 162: ...s per incoming call type 1 2 Y 23 Internal Call or ATT assisted Call Y 24 C O Incoming Call Y 25 Tie Line Incoming Call 00 63 Tenant No 1 Call Forwarding Specify the timing of Call Forwarding No An swer for a tie line incoming call Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 126 0 As per timing for internal call or an as sisted call 1 As per timing for trunk incoming call NOTE The timing for a tie line...

Page 163: ... 101 or CME6 Y 07 08 NOTE NOTE When CME6 Y 07 08 are set the timing on a station basis CME6 Y 07 08 is effective When CME6 Y 07 08 are not set the timing on a system basis CM41 Y 0 100 101 is effective Series 3200 R6 2 software required Specify the timing of Call Forwarding No An swer for a trunk incoming call 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 001 120 4 120 seconds 4 second increments NONE As per CM4...

Page 164: ...nk incoming call NOTE The timing for a tie line incoming call is set as following data When CM08 126 0 is set When CM08 126 1 is set A CM08 2ND DATA OF CM13 Y 46 TIMING ON A STATION BASIS CME6 Y 08 TIMING FOR TIE LINE INCOMING CALL 0 Set As per CME6 Y 08 Not set As per CM41 Y 0 101 2ND DATA OF CM13 Y 46 TIMING ON A STATION BASIS CME6 Y 07 TIMING FOR TIE LINE INCOMING CALL 0 Set As per CME6 Y 07 No...

Page 165: ... 02 1 2 Y 15 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding Destination Entry and Cancellation respec tively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 7 7 A018 Call Forwarding Destination Entry A019 Call Forwarding Destination Cancel Assign Call Forwarding Destination Set Cancel Keys to the Dterms as required 1 2 Y 0 My Line ...

Page 166: ...the station which has set Call Forwarding All Calls to the My Line of the station assign the following data HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm and DLC card as required DESCRIPTION DATA Provide Call Forwarding Override when Call Forwarding All Calls is set to the My Line of the Dterm 1 2 509 0 Call Forwarding Override Restrict the call termination to the My Line while the station user makes a call with the Su...

Page 167: ...or Call Forwarding No Answer do the following programming DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the number of times a call can be forwarded 1 2 14 01 05 1 time 5 times NONE 5 times DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the timing for No Answer after second Call Forwarding 1 2 Y 0 46 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds START CM42 END START CM41 END CALL FORWARDING M...

Page 168: ... 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding All Calls Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 5 5 A010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set A011 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel Assign the access code for Split Call Forward ing All Calls Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A180 Split Call Forwarding All Calls ...

Page 169: ...runk route seized for Split Call For warding All Calls Outside 1 2 600 0 By calling party s tenant terminating trunk s tenant 1 By Call Forwarding setting station s tenant Select the Call Forwarding type when an in coming call terminates via CCIS 1 2 608 0 As per CM65 Y 37 38 39 1 As per CM65 Y 23 24 25 Assign Call Forwarding All Calls keys to the Dterms as required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F001...

Page 170: ...tive only when CM08 608 2nd data 0 1 2 Y 37 Internal Call or ATT assisted Call via CCIS Y 38 C O Incoming Call via CCIS Y 39 Tie Line Incoming Call via CCIS 00 63 Tenant No 0 Split Call Forwarding 1 Call Forwarding Assign the destination of Split Call Forward ing See NOTE in next page 1 2 XX Y XX 00 63 Tenant No Y 0 7 Block No X XX YY Y X XX Trunk Access Code 1 2 digits YY Y Called No Maximum 26 d...

Page 171: ...ed HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm with LCD and DLC card if required Dial Access Code for Split Call Forwarding All Calls Dial Destination No X 0 9 0 BLOCK No 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 Destination assigned by 4 4 CM78 5 5 6 6 7 BLOCK No 7 8 Destination for Call Forwarding All Calls 9 Destination for Station Speed Dialing BLOCK No 0 or Depress Split Call Forwarding All Calls key CALL FORWARDING SPLIT CALL FORWARDING A...

Page 172: ...er Y 29 Call Forwarding Busy Line Outside No Answer Outside 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding Busy Line Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A014 Call Forwarding Busy Line Set A015 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel 1 2 For setting the same access code as Call Forwarding No Answ...

Page 173: ...1 Setting when receiving Service Set Tone ORT time out Allow or restrict the ability to set Call Forwarding Busy Line for a station with Do Not Disturb set 1 2 240 0 Allowed 1 Restricted Assign whether an extension can set a destina tion of Split Call Forwarding Busy Line Outside by entering only a trunk access code 1 2 386 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Select the trunk route seized for Split Call Forwar...

Page 174: ...al Call or ATT assisted Call Y 24 C O Incoming Call Y 25 Tie Line Incoming Call 00 63 Tenant No 0 Split Call Forwarding 1 Call Forwarding Select the feature available in each tenant when an internal call via CCIS and a Tie Line C O incoming call via CCIS are terminated NOTE CM65 Y 37 38 39 is effective only when CM08 608 2nd data 0 1 2 Y 37 Internal Call or ATT assisted Call via CCIS Y 38 C O Inco...

Page 175: ...E REQUIRED Dterm with LCD and DLC card if required Dial Access Code for Split Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer Dial Destination No X 0 9 0 BLOCK No 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 Destination assigned by 4 4 CM78 5 5 6 6 7 BLOCK No 7 8 Destination for Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer 9 Destination for Station Speed Dialing BLOCK No 0 or Depress Split Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer key CALL FORWARDING SPL...

Page 176: ... Answer Out side Y 12 Call Forwarding Busy Line No An swer Y 29 Call Forwarding Busy Line Outside No Answer Outside 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding No Answer Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A016 Call Forwarding No Answer Set A017 Call Forwarding No Answer Cancel 1 2 For...

Page 177: ...01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 seconds Specify the timing of Call Forwarding No Answer for an internal call or an assisted call 1 2 Y 0 15 Timing for an internal call or an assist ed call 101 Timing for an internal call or an assist ed call Series 3100 software required 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default set...

Page 178: ...en an incoming call terminates via CCIS 1 2 608 0 As per CM65 Y 37 38 39 1 As per CM65 Y 23 24 25 Assign Call Forwarding No Answer keys to the Dterms as required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0016 Call Forwarding No Answer Set Cancel For setting the same key as Call Forwarding Busy Line 1 2 My Line No Key No F0012 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy Line Set Cancel Assign Split Call Forwarding No Answer ...

Page 179: ...ing 1 Call Forwarding Specify the timing of Call Forwarding No An swer for a tie line incoming call Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 126 0 As per timing for internal call or an as sisted call 1 As per timing for trunk incoming call NOTE The timing for a tie line incoming call is set as following data When CM08 126 0 is set When CM08 126 1 is set C CM65 CM08 2ND DATA OF CM13 Y 46 TIMING FOR T...

Page 180: ...nant No Y 0 7 Block No X XX YY Y X XX Trunk Access Code 1 2 digits YY Y Called No Maximum 26 digits X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 8 digits Dial Access Code for Split Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer Dial Destination No X 0 9 0 BLOCK No 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 Destination assigned by 4 4 CM78 5 5 6 6 7 BLOCK No 7 8 Destination for Call Forwarding Busy Line No Answer 9 Destination for Station Speed Dialing BLOCK...

Page 181: ...101 or CME6 Y 07 08 NOTE NOTE When CME6 Y 07 08 are set the timing on a station basis CME6 Y 07 08 is effective When CME6 Y 07 08 are not set the timing on a system basis CM41 Y 0 100 101 is effective Series 3200 R6 2 software required Specify the timing of Call Forwarding No An swer for a trunk incoming call 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 001 120 4 120 seconds 4 second increments NONE As per CM41...

Page 182: ...runk incoming call NOTE The timing for a tie line incoming call is set as following data When CM08 126 0 is set When CM08 126 1 is set A CM08 2ND DATA OF CM13 Y 46 TIMING ON A STATION BASIS CME6 Y 08 TIMING FOR TIE LINE INCOMING CALL 0 Set As per CME6 Y 08 Not set As per CM41 Y 0 101 2ND DATA OF CM13 Y 46 TIMING ON A STATION BASIS CME6 Y 07 TIMING FOR TIE LINE INCOMING CALL 0 Set As per CME6 Y 07 ...

Page 183: ...oup 1 2 Y 2 Group Diversion group X XXXXXXXX Station No to be includ ed in a Group Diversion group 00 30 Group Diversion group No Assign the destination for each Group Diversion group to the required stations 1 2 Y 6 00 30 Group Diversion group No X XXXXXXXX Diversion group No Assign the timing for transferring a call using this feature 1 2 Y 0 01 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data...

Page 184: ...Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Assign the type of Dterm to Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 96 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 1 With LCD Specify the recall timing for the Call Park System 1 2 Y 0 05 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments 99 Recall is not performed If no data is set the default setting is 60 64 seconds START CM08 CM12 ...

Page 185: ...Assign a Call Park System key to DESKCON if required 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6144 Call Park System DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the access code for Call Park System Set which retrieved by dialing station number Retrieve by dialing station number 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A198 Call Park System Set which retrieved by dialing station number A199 Call Park System Re...

Page 186: ... on Consul tation Hold by Call Park Tenant can be re trieved by pressing a trunk line appearance key on a Dterm 1 2 133 0 Not available 1 Available Specify the recall timing for Call Park Tenant 1 2 Y 0 05 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments 99 Recall is not performed If no data is set the default setting is 60 64 seconds Assign Call Park Tenant Retrieve keys to the Dterm as required 1 2 Y 00 ...

Page 187: ...l Pickup Direct in the Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 14 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign an access code for Call Pickup Direct 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A021 Call Pickup Direct Assign a Call Pickup Direct key to Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0021 Call Pickup Direct START CM12 CM15 CM20 CM90...

Page 188: ...ith the following operation 1st Operation 1 Station A 2 Station B 2nd Operation 1 Station B 2 Station C Last Operation 1 Station X 2 Station A 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be includ ed in the Call Pickup group X XXXXXXXX Another Station No to be included in the same group Assign the access code for Call Pickup Group 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A020 Call Pickup Group A...

Page 189: ...one with the following operation 1st Operation 1 Station A 2 Station B 2nd Operation 1 Station B 2 Station C Last Operation 1 Station X 2 Station A 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be includ ed in the Call Pickup group X XXXXXXXX Another Station No to be included in the same group Specify a pilot station in Call Pickup group 1 2 Y 8 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be includ ed in the Call Pickup group 0 ...

Page 190: ...Last Operation 1 Station X 2 Station A 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be includ ed in the Call Pickup Group X XXXXXXXX Another station No to be included in the same Call Pickup Group Assign Service Restriction Class A to each station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call Pickup Direct in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 14 00 ...

Page 191: ...o F5011 Call Redirect 0 For transferring to a station assigned by CM51 Y 22 F5012 Call Redirect 1 For transferring to a VMS assigned by CM51 Y 18 Specify the destination VMS station of Call Redirect to each tenant 1 2 Y 18 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXXXX VMS Station No Specify the destination station of Call Redirect to each tenant 1 2 Y 22 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXXXX Station No START CM90 CM51 END CALL...

Page 192: ...lled station answers 1 2 062 0 Not available 1 Available Specify the duration of sending SPDT after a hooking operation for Call Transfer Series 3600 software required 1 2 Y 0 105 10 60 10 60 seconds 1 second increments NONE 15 seconds DESCRIPTION DATA When a station that has a C O Tie line call via TRK A on Consultation Hold is talking with another C O Tie line call via TRK B speci fy the system ...

Page 193: ...ing Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 0 800 Specify the tenants to be handled by each ATT Group 1 2 Y 0 3 ATT Group 0 3 assigned by CM60 Y 00 00 63 Tenant No 0 To be handled Specify Call Transfer from a station before the called attendant answers 1 2 063 0 Available 1 Not available START CM20 CM62 INITIAL CM08 END CALL TRANSFER CALL TRANSFER ATTENDANT ...

Page 194: ...In Termination 08 Dial in 09 Automated Attendant 10 Attendant Console TAS 11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances 12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances TAS 13 TAS 14 Attendant Console 16 DISA 18 ISDN Indial 31 DID Tie Line and any call which is not handled by the PBX Assign the type of the trunk route 1 2 Y 00 Kind of Trunk Route 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 DDD C O DID trunk Provide the ...

Page 195: ...trunk route 1 2 Y 129 Calling No Sending Method 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 CALLER ID CLASS SM 1 T1 ANI DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with MF Signaling 1 2 52 MF Signaling 0 To provide Assign an AP number to the CIR CALLER ID Receiver Trunk 1 2 Y 0 04 15 64 93 AP No 08 CIR Trunk 4RSTC A 4RSTC card The AP number is given by the SENSE switch on the CIR Trunk A CM35 END START CM09 INITIAL CM05 INITI...

Page 196: ... A card same even if the site that accommodates the PN 4RSTC A cards is different NOTE 3 The Remote site number 01 15 can be assigned when the system is using Series 3200 R6 2 to 3300 software Specify the type of the mounting card for Re mote Site to the AP number assigned by CM05 Y 0 NOTE Set the second data to 1 only when the AP number is assigned by CM05 Y 0 which is accommodated in Re mote sit...

Page 197: ...RIPTION DATA Assign the sending method of calling number from the network to the AP number assigned by CM05 1 2 Y 07 04 15 64 93 AP No 0 CALLER ID CLASS SM 7 MFC R2 Assign the CALLER ID Receiver to each AP number 0 3 of the CIR Trunk 1 2 Y 2 0 3 AP No NOTE 3 All circuits assigned as Receiver NOTE AP numbers 0 3 correspond to the AP numbers assigned by CM05 04 15 CM31 Y 2 CM05Y 0 AP Number 0 AP Num...

Page 198: ...y for calling number development data assigned by CMDB 1 2 Y 92 Partial Memory Clear 0002 CCC DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the Development Table for the calling number sent from the network 1 2 Y 00 63 Trunk Tenant No Calling No 0 1499 Development Table No 0 1499 Assign whether the Trunk Tenant number is effective for developing the calling number or not 1 2 Y 30 0 Trunk Tenant No Development 0 Ignore ...

Page 199: ...NOTE The destination station number can also be an LCR access code plus outside telephone number 1 2 Y 01 Day Mode Y 02 Night Mode 0 1499 Development Table No Destination Station No Maximum 12 digits Specify the ringing tone for each calling number if required 1 2 Y 04 Ringing Tone Assignment 0 1499 Development Table No 0 Depends on CM35 Y 33 1 Not used 2 Internal Ringing Tone 3 External Ringing T...

Page 200: ...ssigned by CMDB Y 00 is displayed DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the trunk access code for outgoing call sent to the SMDR For using Save Repeat feature this Trunk Access Code will be saved and sent with the calling number 1 2 Y 44 Trunk Access Code for Save Repeat 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 9 00 99 Trunk Access Code Specify whether the calling number is sent to the OAI terminal or not 1 2 462 Sending to OAI ...

Page 201: ...R NOTE 1 This is required when using AP00 card for SMDR 1 2 143 Sending to SMDR terminal 0 Not sent 1 To send NOTE 2 When 0 is set the ANI is not sent to the SMDR but area code for calling party area code for called party authorization code is sent to the SMDR Provide the Dterm with a select key of Calling Number Display or Calling Name Display 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1099 Select Key of Callin...

Page 202: ...th minimum AP number X AP Number X Y Z W STEP3 As for the second CIR Trunk change the AP number Y to X by CM05 and by the SENSE switch STEP4 Set the SW1 1 through SW1 4 to ON on the second CIR Trunk Clear the memory for CMDC and CMDB by CMDB Y 90 Set the SW1 1 through SW1 4 to OFF on the second CIR Trunk STEP5 Load the office data saved in STEP1 by MAT STEP6 As for the second CIR Trunk restore the...

Page 203: ... AP number W to X by CM05 and by the SENSE switch STEP14 Set the SW1 1 through SW1 4 to ON on the fourth CIR Trunk Clear the memory for CMDC and CMDB by CMDB Y 90 Set the SW1 1 through SW1 4 to OFF on the fourth CIR Trunk STEP15 Load the office data saved in STEP1 by MAT STEP16 As for the fourth CIR Trunk restore the AP number X to W by CM05 and by the SENSE switch STEP17 Set the MB switches to OF...

Page 204: ... Series 3300 software required 1 2 537 0 Until call is finished key is pressed again 1 6 seconds Provide the Dterm with a Caller ID Display key for displaying the ANI or Caller ID 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F5010 Caller ID Display DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Service Restriction Class A to each station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Calling Name Display ...

Page 205: ... Memory Slot number by charac ter codes or characters 1 2 Y 1 3 YY Z 3 1000 Slot Memory Block No 3 YY 10 Slot Memory Block No 00 99 Z Memory Parcel No 0 9 XX XX Calling Party Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 characters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 3 YY Z 3 1000 Slot Memory Block No 3 YY 10 Slot Memory Block No 00 99 Z Memory Parcel No 0 9 XX XX Calling P...

Page 206: ... of LCD Allow Calling Name Display for incoming trunk calls in Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 136 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Calling Number Display 1 Calling Name Display Allow blinking LCD for caller ID Display on each Dterm 1 2 Y 215 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Restricted 1 Allow Specify the displaying patte...

Page 207: ...ffice on LCD of forward ing destination Dterm 1 2 564 0 The first forwarding number via CCIS 1 The second forwarding number of own office Specify the duration of displaying the name when the incoming call is answered the select key for Calling Number Display and Calling Name Display or CID key is pressed 1 2 580 0 6 seconds 1 Until call is finished key is pressed again A CM08 END NOVEMBER 15 2006 ...

Page 208: ...XXXXXX Station No Assign the Caller ID sender SDT card num ber to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE The SDT card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 of each LT slot Level 1 3 remain NONE 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No C200 C203 SDT Card No Assign the station number of an analog tele phone for Caller ID Station to the required LEN Series 3200 ...

Page 209: ... number when an internal call is terminated 1 2 Y 00 8 X XXXX Access Code to be added Maximum 4 digits X 0 9 A B Restrict One hit ringing for Call Forwarding All Calls To restrict all stations in the system 1 2 266 0 Restricted Assign Service Restriction Class C to each sta tion To restrict per Station Class 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Restrict One hit ringing ...

Page 210: ...ty Number 1 Calling Party Number and Calling Party Name Specify whether the calling station number is sent to the analog telephone for Caller ID Sta tion when an internal call is terminated 1 2 507 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify whether the calling party name is sent to the analog telephone for Caller ID Station when an internal call is terminated Series 3200 R6 1 software required NOTE 1 This data ...

Page 211: ...is feature for the country with following ringing pattern Internal Ringing 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF External Ringing 0 3 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 3 seconds ON 4 2 seconds OFF In addition to the programming of CALLER ID STATION Page 190 do the following program ming DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the ringing signal pattern for an inter nal external call 1 2 392 1 1 2 396 0 1 2 397 0 DESCRIPTION DATA...

Page 212: ...y PZ PW122 DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the ringing signal for Station to Station connection to external ringing 1 2 138 0 External Ringing Assign the interval of ringing signal for station on incoming C O calls to the interval for inter nal ringing 1 2 Y 33 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Internal Ringing 1 second ON 4 seconds OFF A CM08 CM35 END CALLER ID STATION ETSI FSK ...

Page 213: ...Restriction Class A Allow Camp On Transfer Method in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 16 Transfer Method 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the Camp On Tone sent to a busy station by Camp On Transfer Method 1 2 068 0 Only once 1 Every 4 seconds Specify the timing for the Camp On Recall Timer 1 2 Y 0 26 01 15 8 128 seconds 8 second increm...

Page 214: ...p On by access code Assign Service Restriction Class A for Camp On to the required stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call waiting in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 43 Call Waiting Method Set from calling side Y 44 Call Waiting Method Answer from called side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 All...

Page 215: ...Code set the data for 050 051 069 and 148 to 1 1 2 050 Button as Switch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective 1 2 051 Button as Switch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective 1 2 069 Single Digit Dialing on BT Connec tion 1 Step Call 1 2 148 Same Last Digit Redialing on BT Connection 1 Ineffective Provide the System with the Single Digit Feature Access Code on BT Connection 1 2 208 0 Available START CM08 END CAMP ON ...

Page 216: ... Trunk Route No 0 Centrex Trunk Provide the capability for sending a hookflash signal to the Centrex 1 2 Y 16 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Sending Assign the access code for sending a hookflash signal to the Centrex Line from a PB Single Line Telephone 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A158 Assign the Centrex Trunk as a Prime Line to the desired Dterm extension 1 2 X XXXXXXXX My Line...

Page 217: ...call is forwarded when a station to which a call is terminated is busy or a station to which a call terminated is set Do Not Disturb Series 3900 software required NOTE CID Call Back by this command is available under the following condi tions The Dterm station line is set to Call Forwarding All Calls Call Forwarding Busy Line Call For warding No answer Call For warding DtermIP logout when a trunk ...

Page 218: ...ion Class A Allow CID Call Back in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 126 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Provide the trunk route with the CID Call Back 1 2 Y 150 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide Assign the trunk access code for CID Call Back This trunk access code will be saved and sent with the calling number 1 2 Y 44 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 ...

Page 219: ...n the Start Block No as fol lows 0000 1016 Series 3800 software or before 0000 4086 Series 3900 software or later 1 2 Y 38 X XXXXXXXX Station No XXXX ZZ XXXX 0000 4086 Start Block No ZZ Number of Memory Block for CID Call Back 01 8 blocks 02 16 blocks 03 24 blocks NONE 4 blocks Provide the function to register the calling number into the Redial key on the Dterm when the call is answered for the re...

Page 220: ... Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 0 1 2 Y 00 X XXXX DID No Called No 000 999 Number Conversion Block No NOTE NOTE When the Number Conversion Block number is assigned for CID Call Routing do not use the same Number Conversion Block number for the DID feature Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 1 1 2 Y 90 X XXXXXXXX DID No Called No 000 999 Number Conv...

Page 221: ...each calling party number 1 2 Y 50 Development Pattern 0 assigned by CM76 Y 26 Y 51 Development Pattern 1 assigned by CM76 Y 26 Y 52 Development Pattern 2 assigned by CM76 Y 26 X XX XX Calling Party No Maximum 16 digits X 0 9 000 999 Development Block No NOTE NOTE Set the different number from the Number Conversion Block number assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 Select the two kinds of mode change or the fo...

Page 222: ...ating System to D02 Trunk Direct Appearances D03 Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D04 Direct In Termination D09 Automated Attendant D10 Attendant Console TAS D11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances D12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D13 TAS D14 Attendant Console D16 DISA When CM76 Y 01 02 03 04 is set to D13 TAS assign the terminating tenant for Day Night Mode Mode A B per each ...

Page 223: ...ng Development Pattern 0 1 To provide Using Development Pattern 1 2 To provide Using Development Pattern 2 Assign the Development Block number for each calling party number 1 2 Y 50 Development Pattern 0 assigned by CM35 Y 174 Y 51 Development Pattern 1 assigned by CM35 Y 174 Y 52 Development Pattern 2 assigned by CM35 Y 174 X XX XX Calling Party No Maximum 16 digits X 0 9 000 999 Development Bloc...

Page 224: ...D03 Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D04 Direct In Termination D09 Automated Attendant D10 Attendant Console TAS D11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances D12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D13 TAS D14 Attendant Console D16 DISA When CM76 Y 01 02 03 04 is set to D13 TAS assign the terminating tenant for Day Night Mode Mode A B per each calling party number received on DID call 1 2...

Page 225: ...nation Day Mode when the number 2345 is received Station Tenant No 01 Trunk Tenant No 01 ISDN PSTN Calling Party No 1234 567 8901 2345 678 9012 Trunk Route 00 NEAX 2000 IPS When the number assigned by CM2A corresponds with the upper digits of calling party number the call terminates with the specified terminating system Station to be terminated when the calling party number 2345 is received Statio...

Page 226: ...6 000 0 Provide the calling number development with the Development Pattern 0 to the Number Conversion Block number 000 CM2A Y 50 1234 010 Assign the Development Block number 010 for the calling party number 1234 CM2A Y 50 2345 011 Assign the Development Block number 011 for the calling party number 2345 CM76 Y 01 010 D13 Assign TAS in Day Mode to the Development Block number 010 CM76 Y 01 011 D04...

Page 227: ...y Mode when the number 2345 is received Station Tenant No 01 Trunk Tenant No 01 ISDN GSTN Calling Party No 1234 567 8901 2345 678 9012 Trunk Route 00 NEAX 2000 IPS When the number assigned by CM2A corresponds with the upper digits of calling party number the call terminates with the specified terminating system Station to be terminated when the calling party number 2345 is received Station to be t...

Page 228: ...lling party number 1234 CM2A Y 50 2345 021 Assign the Development Block number 021 for the calling party number 2345 CM76 Y 01 020 D13 Assign TAS in Day Mode to the Development Block number 020 CM76 Y 01 021 D04 Assign Direct In Termination in Day Mode to the Development Block number 021 CM76 Y 09 020 01 Assign the station tenant number 01 to Development Block number 020 CM76 Y 05 020 01 Assign th...

Page 229: ...pe of Telephone X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 DP Rotary Dial Telephone 2 DTMF Push Button Telephone 3 DTMF DP 1 2 Y 03 Telephone Class X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 House Phone 0 01 House Phone 1 02 House Phone 2 03 House Phone 3 04 Hot Line 05 Automatic Intercom 06 Manual Intercom 07 Dial Intercom 08 Attendant Position Loop Line 15 Ordinary Station START CM12 END CLASS OF SERVICE ...

Page 230: ...Restriction Class in Night Mode 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH Set the Outgoing Incoming Trunk Route Restriction Data by Trunk Restriction Classes RCA RCH 1 2 Y 51 58 Outgoing Trunk Restriction Data Y 61 68 Incoming Trunk Restriction Data 00 63 Trunk Route ...

Page 231: ... class are specified by CM15 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Specify the service features in each Service Class A B and C NOTE For details refer to Command Manual 1 2 00 15 Service Restriction Class A B C 0 NOTE 1 NOTE START CM12 CM15 END CLASS OF SERVICE ...

Page 232: ...estriction Class to each station 1 2 Y 01 X XXXXXXXX Station No X Z Trunk Restriction Class X 1 8 In Day Mode Z 1 8 In Night Mode 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH Assign the data for Dial Pulse sending to the Route number assigned 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending ...

Page 233: ...umber of digits to be dialed during an outgoing call The maximum number of digits including the area codes should be assigned to each area code 1 2 Y 0 4 Area Code Development Pattern No 0 4 assigned by CM35 Y 76 X X X Area Code dialed Maximum 8 digits 01 24 1 digit 24 digits 25 79 25 79 digits A CM35 CM81 0 Restricted 3 Allowed TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Y 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 1...

Page 234: ...ction Pattern Table on CM81 If the Toll Restriction Pattern for the same area code is changed according to the Tenant Date and Time assign the required patterns Tenant Date and Time to the area code 1 2 Y 4000 4004 Area Code Development No 0 4 Area Code Maximum 8 digits B000 B015 Trunk Restriction Pattern 00 15 NOTE For details of Resident System Program refer to the Command Manual B CM8A AREA COD...

Page 235: ...55 Route Pattern No 000 255 1 XXX 00 XXX 000 255 TR Pattern No STEP4 Assign a Trunk Restriction Pattern number assigned by CM81 to the TR Pattern number assigned by Step 3 1 2 Y 5000 5255 TR Pattern No 000 00 15 Trunk Restriction Pattern No 00 15 To add a Time and Date Pattern STEP1 Assign the area code to be restrict ed and a Date Pattern number to the Area Code Development Pattern number assigne...

Page 236: ...ime Pattern No 0 7 HHMM Time to Change HH 00 23 Hours MM 00 30 Minutes 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 If Tenant Pattern is required set 1000 1015 Tenant Pattern No 00 15 STEP4 Assign the TR Pattern number to the Route Pattern number assigned by Step 3 1 2 Y 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 1 XXX 00 XXX 000 255 TR Pattern No STEP5 Assign the Trunk Restriction Pattern number assigned by CM81 t...

Page 237: ...As per CM08 101 1 2 103 0 As per CM08 104 1 2 104 1 Three Party Conference among stations and trunk call Provide the system with a four party conference NOTE This feature can only be activated from a Dterm 1 2 246 1 Four Party Conference Make the Conference trunk on the MP card in service 1 2 Y 6 Make Busy 00 15 MP built in CFT Circuit No 1 In service 1 2 Y 7 Purpose of CFT 00 15 MP built in CFT C...

Page 238: ...ence leader 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Privacy Release in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 63 Privacy Release 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Allow adding the held call on Dterm multiline as a third party of the conference 1 2 Y 41 00 63 Tenant No 0 Allow START CM12 CM15 CM65 END CONFERENCE...

Page 239: ... 000 763 LEN ED00 ED03 CFT Card No Assign the card number of the Conference trunk CFT card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE The CFT card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No ED00 ED03 CFT Card No Assign the access codes for Conference 1 2 Y 0 3 X XXXX Access code A159 6 party Conference Trunk A...

Page 240: ...ultiple Line number set by CM90 to be accommodated to Dterm 1 2 Y 05 X XXXXXXXX Multiple Line No 0 Accommodated Assign the card number of the Conference trunk CFT card to the required LEN NOTE The CFT card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 of each LT slot 1 2 000 763 LEN ED00 ED03 CFT Card No Assign the card number of the Conference trunk CFT card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 ...

Page 241: ...umbers to each channel number on the CFTC card NOTE 1 The lowest to highest trunk number must be assigned to the lowest to highest channel number of CFTC NOTE 2 The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from lowest to highest channel number assigned To minimize the number of time slots allocated assign trunk numbers to the consecutive channels on each card Never skip channels in this...

Page 242: ... 1 Three 8 Party Conference groups 8 8 8 2 Two 8 Party Conference groups 8 8 3 One 8 Party Conference group 8 Assign a trunk route number to each confer ence trunk The conference trunk route must be separated from any other analog digital trunk route 1 2 Y 00 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM07 Y 01 00 63 Trunk Route No A CMAA CFT INITIAL CM30 B NOVEMBER 15 2006 CONFERENCE EIGHT PARTY ...

Page 243: ... Incoming connection signaling 00 63 Trunk Route No 06 2nd DT Timing Start Tie line 1 2 Y 04 Answer signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Answer signal arrives Tie Line 1 2 Y 159 8 32 Party Conference trunk 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide 1 2 Y 14 SMDR for outgoing call 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Not provided NOTE Be sure to set the PAD for the con ference trunk by CM42 for outside parti...

Page 244: ...PATTERNS CONNECTING PATTERNS A TRUNK B TRUNK CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 0 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 1 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 2 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 3 50 65 50 54 58 62 STA TONE CFTC 51 55 59 63 COT DID IPT CFTC 52 56 60 64 ODT 4W E M CFTC 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Vir tual IPT CFTC CFTC PATTERNS 2ND DATA PAD DATA OF CFTC T R dB 00 15 00 0 0 01 0 0 02 8 0 03 4 0 04 0 3 05 0 3 06 8 3 07 4 3 08 0 6 09 0 6 10 8 6 11 4 6...

Page 245: ...59 8 party conference Assign maximum of 7 Multiple Line keys on the Dterm of the Conference leader 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No X XXXXXXXX Multiple Line No Assign the access code for Restriction of addi tional participants to conference Set and Can cel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A254 Restriction of additional participants to conference Set A255 Restriction of ...

Page 246: ...2 Y 1 04 15 20 31 AP No 0 Use Expanded Highway channel 128 time slots 1 Use Basic Highway channel 128 time slots Assign trunk numbers to each channel number on the CFTC card NOTE 1 The lowest to highest trunk number must be assigned to the lowest to highest channel number of CFTC NOTE 2 The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from lowest to highest channel number assigned To minimi...

Page 247: ... Party Conference group and two 8 Party Conference groups 16 8 8 2 Two 16 Party Conference groups 16 16 3 One 32 Party Conference group 32 Assign a trunk route number to each confer ence trunk The conference trunk route must be separated from any other analog digital trunk route 1 2 Y 00 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM07 Y 01 00 63 Trunk Route No A CMAA CFT INITIAL CM30 B CONFERENCE 32 PARTY ...

Page 248: ...09 Incoming connection signaling 00 63 Trunk Route No 06 2nd DT Timing Start Tie line 1 2 Y 04 Answer signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Answer signal arrives Tie Line 1 2 Y 159 8 32 Party Conference trunk 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide 1 2 Y 14 SMDR for outgoing call 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Not provided NOTE Be sure to set the PAD for the con ference trunk by CM42 for outside par...

Page 249: ...ceiver PAD Gain Loss PATTERNS 1ST DATA PAD DATA PATTERNS CONNECTING PATTERNS A TRUNK B TRUNK CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 0 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 1 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 2 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 3 50 65 50 54 58 62 STA TONE CFTC 51 55 59 63 COT DID IPT CFTC 52 56 60 64 ODT 4W E M CFTC 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Vir tual IPT CFTC CFTC PATTERNS 2ND DATA PAD DATA OF CFTC T R dB 00 15 00 0 0 01 4 0 0 02 8 0 03 4 0 04 0 ...

Page 250: ...Party Conference Series 3800 software required NOTE 1 This command is effective only when PN CFTC A card is used NOTE 2 If the 2nd data is set to 00 the Forced Release Timer doesn t work 1 2 Y 3 17 00 NOTE 2 01 24 1 24 hours 1 hour increments NONE 7 hours D CM41 END NOVEMBER 15 2006 CONFERENCE 32 PARTY ...

Page 251: ...e assigned NOTE 3 The maximum number of simulta neous calling for single line stations PSs is 12 per FP When the number of single line stations PSs exceeds 12 allocate the rest of participant stations to another FP For a Dterm My Line Virtual Line there is no limit of the above 1 2 Y 00 07 Group No 0 7 00 30 Participant No NOTE 1 X X X Participant Station No Trunk Access Code Participant No LCR Ac...

Page 252: ...Area Code Conference Access Code Maximum 8 digits 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 Specify the order of LCR selection for the Route Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y 4000 4007 1 2 Y 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 1 4 Order of LCR Selection 1 1st 2 2nd 3 3rd 4 4th XXX ZZ XXX 000 255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 ZZ 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 63 as signed by CM30 Y 00 Delete all digits of the area code ...

Page 253: ...1 Group Call Automatic Conference End the conference when conference leader hangs up 2 Group Call Broadcasting End the conference when conference leader hangs up 3 Group Call 2 Way Calling ZZ 00 07 Group No 00 07 Specify the maximum number of digits for the area code Conference Access Code 1 2 Y 0 7 Area Code Development Pattern No 0 7 assigned by CM8A Y A000 X X X Conference Access Code or its pa...

Page 254: ...nce Trunk Route No assigned by CM30 Y 00 0 Allow Specify the detect timing of participant s no answer The ringing will stop at this timing 1 2 Y 3 16 00 No stop ringing 01 14 1 14 minutes 1 minute increments If no data is set the default setting is 30 seconds Assign a trunk name number for the confer ence trunk route not to display the kind of trunk route assigned by CM35 Y 00 on a Dterm CNF GROUP...

Page 255: ...iction Class A Allow Calling Name Display PS in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 123 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Allow Calling Name Display for trunk incom ing calls in the Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 136 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Calling Name Display D CM12 CM15 END CONFERENCE ...

Page 256: ...ries 3500 software required 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A254 Restriction of additional participants to conference Set A255 Restriction of additional participants to conference Cancel Assign an Area Code Development Pattern number to each LCR Group 1 2 Y A000 0 3 LCR Group 0 3 4000 4007 Area Code Development Pat tern No 0 7 Assign a Route Pattern number to each area code M...

Page 257: ...ccess Code 1 2 Y 0 7 Area Code Development Pattern No 0 7 assigned by CM8A Y A000 X X X Meet Me Conference Access Code or its part Maximum 8 digits 01 08 1 digit 8 digits 24 1 digit 24 digits Specify the trunk seizure timing for the confer ence trunk 1 2 Y 36 00 63 Trunk Route No assigned by CM30 Y 00 0 After dialing maximum number of digits For a participant from outside allow tandem connection b...

Page 258: ...ancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 7 7 A064 Origination A065 Entry A066 Cancel Specify whether to provide Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Station Speed Dialing 1 2 035 0 Not provided 1 Provided Specify whether to set dialing as paused data 1 5 seconds or dialed digit when the DTMF station or Dterm dials in the setting of the Station Speed Dialing feat...

Page 259: ...XX 00 99 Memory Start Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Y Facility for programming the dialed number from the Station 0 1 Effective Ineffective ZZ 01 10 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks NOTE 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 6000 Memory Parcels cannot be used for Speed Di aling with Station Speed Dialing keys provided by CM90 F11XX on a Dterm and cannot also be used for System Speed Dialing A CM73 B JU...

Page 260: ... stored number intended is 10 for Station Number 300 20 for Station Number 301 and 30 for Station Number 302 the memory areas assignment is as follows B CM73 0 3 4 1000 Slot Memory Block 0 9 1 Memory Parcel 00 99 01 10 Slot Memory Block 9 4000 Memory Parcels 6000 Memory Parcels Station No 1000 Slot Memory Block No Memory Start Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Number of 10 Slot Memory Block 1st Data 3...

Page 261: ... the number of Memory Parcels per station exceeds 11 then Abbreviated Code 00 99 The following figure shows the relation between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels C CM73 0 In the case of 10 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 In the case of 20 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 9 0 1 9 00 ...

Page 262: ...ed Pause 1 5 seconds or D Programmable Pause specified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits NONE No data Assign the Station Name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B...

Page 263: ... on each Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F11XX XX 00 99 Station Speed Dialing 00 99 NOTE The initial setting of key layout is for 16 Line Trunk Feature keys Key No 01 16 When using Key No 17 24 data setting of CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 is required E CM90 END CONSECUTIVE SPEED DIALING ...

Page 264: ... 1 Allow Specify whether to provide Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Station Speed Dialing 1 2 035 0 Not provided 1 Provided Specify whether to set dialing as paused data 1 5 seconds or dialed digit when the Dterm dials in the setting of the Station Speed Dialing feature 1 2 168 0 Paused data 1 5 seconds 1 Dialed digit Specify whether to set dialing as program mable pause by CM41 Y 0 38 or...

Page 265: ...000 Slot Memory Block No XX 00 99 10 Slot Memory Start Block No ZZ 01 10 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks NOTE 1 If the station number is assigned to One Touch keys using 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 6000 Memory Parcels the lamp does not show the busy state NOTE 2 When Consecutive Speed Dialing is provided using the One Touch Keys the same memory area must be assigned on CM73 and CM94 A CM94 B...

Page 266: ...stored number intended is 10 for Station Number 300 20 for Station Number 301 and 30 for Station Number 302 the memory areas assignment is as follows B CM94 0 3 4 1000 Slot Memory Block 0 9 1 Memory Parcel 00 99 01 10 Slot Memory Block 9 4000 Memory Parcels 6000 Memory Parcels Station No 1000 Slot Memory Block No Memory Start Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Number of 10 Slot Memory Block 1st Data 30...

Page 267: ...e per system The number of slots available for each Tenant is also 300 1 2 00 63 For stations within Tenant 00 63 64 For Attendant Console XXX YYY XXX 000 299 First Memory Slot No in Block YYY 001 300 Number of Slots to be allocated in Block Abbreviated Call Codes required for accessing this feature are automatically given to each Tenant as shown below Example For example to provide 20 memory slot...

Page 268: ...ry Slot number allocated by CM71 by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 000 299 Memory Slot No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 000 299 Memory Slot No XX XX Station Name Character Maximum 16 characters NONE No data Specify the System Speed Dialing security Stored number displays on Dterm for an outg...

Page 269: ...a call 1 External Ringing CM35 Y 33 Assign Service Restriction Class C to each station 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow the Switch Hook Flash capability in Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 88 89 Switch Hook Flash on Internal Call Y 90 91 Switch Hook Flash on External Call 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 1 Availab...

Page 270: ...Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the command codes accessible to each Password Level 1 2 Y 00 Password Level 0 6 Y 01 Password Level 1 6 Y 02 Password Level 2 6 Y 03 Password Level 3 6 Y 04 Password Level 4 6 Y 05 Password Level 5 6 Y 06 Password Level 6 Y 10 Password Level 0 Y 11 Password Level 1 Y 12 Password Level 2 Y 13 Password Level 3 Y 14 Password Level 4 Y 15 Password Level 5...

Page 271: ...d if the password is incorrect DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the setting changing of the password to be allowed 1 2 8 0 Allowed 1 Restricted Assign a password to each Password Level 1 2 0 7 Password Level 0 7 X X X Maximum 8 digits Password CCC Password clear A password for Password Level 7 should be assigned in advance because of providing the password service by Function No 9 of CME9 The following pas...

Page 272: ... fm DATA LINE SECURITY PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the function of Analog Data station Single Line Station with FAX or MODEM to the required stations 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 Data station START CM13 END DATA LINE SECURITY ...

Page 273: ... 0 119 01 30 1 30 seconds 1 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 10 seconds Define the Delayed Hotline pairs 1 2 Y 00 99 Delayed Hotline Pair No 0 Calling Side X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 2 1 Called Side X XXXXXXXX Station No E000 E007 ATTCON No NOTE Do not assign station number with first digit 0 Assign a Delayed Hotline to the required sta tions 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0...

Page 274: ...y Slots to be assigned in blocks Set the outside party s number to each Memory Slot number 1 2 Y 0 000 299 Memory Slot No XXXX YY Y Outside Party s No XXXX Access Code Maximum 4 dig its Separator Mark YY Y Outside Party s No Maximum 26 digits NONE No data 1 2 Y 1 000 299 Memory Slot No XXX X Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Tab...

Page 275: ...m NOTE The Delayed Ringing feature can be assigned to the first 16 line trunk keys Key 01 16 24 line trunk keys Key 01 24 1 2 Y 03 My Line No Key No NOTE 0 Delayed Ringing Specify the timing for Delayed Ringing 1 2 Y 1 09 01 10 2 20 seconds 2 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 10 seconds START CM90 CM41 END DELAYED RINGING ...

Page 276: ... 258 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1005 fm DIAGNOSTICS PROGRAMMING Refer to the Maintenance Manual DIAGNOSTICS ...

Page 277: ...he initial Soft Key data for Dial By Name are assigned as follows NOTE 4 Pattern No 3 is fixed NOTE 5 Dial By Name is available only when the Dterm is in idle state 1 2 Y 00 03 Soft Key Pattern No 0 3 assigned by CM12 Y 23 00 bb 00 Status No Idle state NOTE 5 bb 00 15 Soft Key No 00 03 Indicated on 1st display 04 07 Indicated on 2nd display 08 11 Indicated on 3rd display 12 15 Indicated on 4th dis...

Page 278: ...acter Code Table Page B2 Specify whether the system sends SPDT when entering the name number Series 3100 software required 1 2 519 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify the number of character kinds that can be used for the name registration when press ing dial 0 on Dterm Series 3500 software required 1 2 559 0 32 characters See the table below 1 10 characters See the table below A CM9A CM9A Y 13 1st Data ...

Page 279: ...Abbreviated Call Codes required for accessing this feature are automatically given to each Tenant as shown in the following example 1 2 00 63 For stations within the Tenant 00 63 XXX YYY XXX 000 299 Starting Memory Slot No in Block YYY 001 300 Number of Slots to be assigned in Block For example to provide 20 memory slots starting at Slot 60 Data 060020 START CM71 Tenant 00 Slot 000 Slot 019 20 Mem...

Page 280: ...ds or D Programmable pause specified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits more than 2 digits NONE No data Assign the name for display to the Memory Slot number allocated by CM71 by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 000 299 Memory Slot No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 000 299 Memory Slot No XX XX...

Page 281: ...XXXXXXXX Station No W XX Y ZZ W 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No NOTE XX 00 99 Memory Start Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Y Facility for programming the dialed number from the Station 0 1 Effective Ineffective ZZ 01 10 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks NOTE 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 6000 Memory Parcels cannot be used for Speed Di aling with Station Speed Dialing keys provided by CM90 F11XX on a...

Page 282: ... If the stored number intended is 10 for Station Number 300 20 for Station Number 301 and 30 for Station Number 302 the memory areas assignment is as follows A CM73 0 3 4 1000 Slot Memory Block 0 9 1 Memory Parcel 00 99 01 10 Slot Memory Block 9 4000 Memory Parcels 6000 Memory Parcels Station No 1000 Slot Memory Block No Memory Start Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Number of 10 Slot Memory Block 1st...

Page 283: ...the One Touch Keys the same memory area must be specified by CM73 and CM94 NOTE 2 If the station number is assigned to One Touch Keys using 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 the lamp does not show the busy state Specify the memory area to be used for System Speed Dialing when using Dial By Name for System Speed Dialing 1000 Slot Memory 1 2 112 1000 Slot Memory Block No 0 0 Available 1 Not availabl...

Page 284: ...into the Stored No enter C Fixed Pause 1 5 seconds or D Programmable Pause specified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits NONE No data Assign the station name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac te...

Page 285: ...MF Receiver of the MP card 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No Card No of DTMF Receiver 8RST For FP No 00 E201 E203 For FP No 01 E204 E207 For FP No 02 E208 E211 For FP No 03 E212 E215 Assign the type of telephone set to DTMF stations This data assignment is not required for Dterm stations 1 2 Y 00 X XXXXXXXX Station No 2 DTMF Telephone set Assign DTMF Receivers for use with DTMF sta...

Page 286: ...al Pause 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 300 ms 1 400 ms 2 500 ms 3 600 ms 4 700 ms 5 900 ms 6 1100 ms 7 800 ms 1 2 Y 25 DP Sender Make Ratio 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 39 1 33 1 2 Y 45 DP Sender Release Timing 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 2 seconds 1 4 seconds 2 6 seconds 3 8 seconds 4 12 seconds 5 14 seconds 6 16 seconds 7 10 seconds For a DTMF trunk assign the type of signaling for Outgoing and Bothway trunk rout...

Page 287: ...1 64 ms 2 80 ms 3 96 ms 4 160 ms 5 192 ms 6 240 ms 7 128 ms 1 2 Y 26 DTMF Sender Signal Width 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 64 ms 1 128 ms 1 2 Y 46 DTMF Sender Release Timing 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 2 seconds 1 4 seconds 2 6 seconds 3 8 seconds 4 12 seconds 5 14 seconds 6 16 seconds 7 10 seconds Assign whether or from a DTMF Tele phone is used as a Switch Hook Flash while hearing Busy Tone 1 2 050 is used...

Page 288: ... 2 048 MHz To add a Direct Digital Interface to the system it is necessary to install a DTI Digital Trunk Interface card Figure below shows the system outline of the Direct Digital Interface of the PBX System Outline of Direct Digital Interface TDSW 24 30 CH 24 30 CHANNEL PCM DIGITAL LINE CLOCK SIGNAL PLO PHASE LOCKED OSCILLATOR DTI 24 30 CHANNEL DIGITAL TRUNK INTERFACE DTI MP PLO MP PLO DTI DIGIT...

Page 289: ...dancy Checking based on ITU T Rec G704 For 30DTI Unipolar Bipolar Conversion HDB3 Format Signaling Insertion Extraction Alarm Detection Insertion Digital PAD on Voice Signal Transmission Loopback Test Local Remote Loopback Cyclic Redundancy Checking based on ITU T Rec G704 Channel Associated Signaling based on ITU T Rec Q421 Digital R2 Signaling Code For connection of a 24DTI and transmission line...

Page 290: ...a standby route 1 from a sub source office When no clock signals arrive from either route 0 or route 1 due to a transmission line failure the PLO keeps generating the clock signals at the frequency of the last source clock The PLO can receive different frequency of source clocks from route 0 and route 1 Figure below shows an example of clock supply route when the system is a receiver office Clock ...

Page 291: ...pacity for Direct Digital Interface HARDWARE REQUIRED DTI card MP Internal PLO card DESCRIPTION CAPACITY 24DTI 30DTI DTI Card 8 8 DTI Trunk 192 248 DTI Trunk Route 64 64 Ports per DTI Card 24 31 JULY 01 2006 DIRECT DIGITAL INTERFACE SYSTEM CAPACITY HARDWARE REQUIRED ...

Page 292: ...ple as shown below even when Channel 1 through Channel 10 have been assigned by the system data programming CM07 Y 01 except for Channel 5 the system allocates a total of 10 time slots for all ten channels Therefore to avoid unnecessary allocation of time slots it is recommended that consecutive channels be assigned on each DTI card Time Slot Allocation for DTI DXXX DXXX DXXX NONE DXXX NONE DXXX 1...

Page 293: ...m PBX to CSU 1 544 Mbps 50 ppm AMI with ZCS B8ZS 100 Ω 3 volts 0 6 volts 324 ns 30 ns 1 544 Mbps 200 bps 130 ppm 1 5 volts 3 volts 100011011100 ITU T Fig 1 G743 138UI 193UI or 138UI 193UI Maximum 200 m 655 ft with 0 6 φ 22 ABAM twisted pair cable 2 048 Mbps 50 ppm HDB3 High Density Bipolar 3 75 Ω Coaxial Cable 120 Ω Twisted Pair Cable 2 37 volts nominal Coaxial Cable 3 volts nominal Twisted Pair C...

Page 294: ...guration has 12 Multi Frames and each Multi frame has a 24 channel PCM signal 8 bits channel and a S bit Super Frame Bit Figure below shows the frame configuration and Table in next page shows frame bit assignment DTI Frame Configuration 12 Multi Frame S CH1 CH2 CH3 CH24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FRAME 1 FRAME 2 FRAME 3 FRAME 12 125 µs S SUPERFRAME BIT JULY 01...

Page 295: ...Frames 6 and 12 become signal frames FRAME No S BIT BIT No OF EACH CHANNEL CH1 CH24 SIGNAL CHANNEL TERMINAL SYNCHRONIZATION FT SIGNAL SYNCHRONIZATION FS INFORMATION SIGNAL BIT CONTROL SIGNAL BIT 1 1 1 8 2 0 1 8 3 0 1 8 4 0 1 8 5 1 1 8 6 1 1 7 8 A 7 0 1 8 8 1 1 8 9 1 1 8 10 1 1 8 11 0 1 8 12 0 1 7 8 B JULY 01 2006 DIRECT DIGITAL INTERFACE DTI SPECIFICATIONS ...

Page 296: ...el and a S bit Super Frame Bit Figure below shows the frame configuration and Table in next page shows frame bit assignment DTI Frame Configuration 24 Multi Frame S CH1 CH2 CH3 CH24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FRAME 1 FRAME 2 FRAME 3 FRAME 24 125 µs S SUPERFRAME BIT JULY 01 2006 DIRECT DIGITAL INTERFACE DTI SPECIFICATIONS ...

Page 297: ...sually assigned to 1 FRAME No S BIT BIT No OF EACH CHANNEL CH1 CH24 SIGNAL CHANNEL FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION 4 Kbps DATA LINK CRC INFORMATION SIGNAL BIT CONTROL SIGNAL BIT 1 m 1 8 2 CB1 1 8 3 m 1 8 4 0 1 8 5 m 1 8 6 CB2 1 7 8 A 7 m 1 8 8 0 1 8 9 m 1 8 10 CB3 1 8 11 m 1 8 12 1 1 7 8 B 13 m 1 8 14 CB4 1 8 15 m 1 8 16 0 1 8 17 m 1 8 18 CB5 1 7 8 C 19 m 1 8 20 1 1 8 21 m 1 8 22 CB6 1 8 23 m 1 8 24 1 1 7 8...

Page 298: ...ion consists of 16 multi frame each frame having 31 time slots Figure below shows the frame configuration and Table in next page shows the details of time slot assign ment Frame Configuration of 30DTI TS0 TS1 TS2 TS15 TS16 TS17 TS30 TS31 FRAME 0 FRAME 1 FRAME 2 FRAME 3 FRAME 14 FRAME 15 125 µsec JULY 01 2006 DIRECT DIGITAL INTERFACE DTI SPECIFICATIONS ...

Page 299: ...C BIT X 1 1 1 1 1 1 b0 1 2 3 4 5 6 b7 CRC BIT 0 NORMAL 1 FRAME LOSS REMOTE ALARM X 0 0 0 1 X 1 1 b0 1 2 3 4 5 6 b7 Xa 0 1 0 1 b0 1 2 3 4 5 6 b7 Xa 0 1 0 1 b0 1 2 3 4 5 6 b7 0 Xb Xa Xb Xb Xa Xb MULTI FRAME ALIGNMENT SIGNAL MAS REMOTE MULTI ALARM 0 NORMAL 1 MULTI FRAME LOSS FRAME 0 FRAME 1 FRAME 15 SIGNALING DATA OF CH1 SIGNALING DATA OF CH16 SIGNALING DATA OF CH15 SIGNALING DATA OF CH30 SIGNALING D...

Page 300: ...9 DTI card Specify the AP highway channel for 24DTI card 1 2 Y 1 04 15 20 31 AP No 0 Use Expanded Highway channel 128 time slots 1 Use Basic Highway channel 128 time slots Assign trunk numbers to each channel number on the DTI card The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from the lowest to the highest channel number assigned To minimize the number of time slots allocated assign tru...

Page 301: ...ilable Transparent 1 2 Y 03 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 7 Associated Channel Interoffice Signaling Select the card for DTI T1 interface 1 2 Y 14 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 0 PN 24PRTA PN DTA 1 PN 24DTA C Assign a trunk route number for tie line inter face to each DTI NOTE The DTI route must be separated from any analog trunk route 1 2 Y 00 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM07 Y...

Page 302: ...t 06 2nd DT Timing Start Tie line CM35 Y 19 DTI PAD 1 2 Y 19 DTI PAD 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 3 Programmable PAD See CM42 4 7 Fixed PAD See left table 1 2 Y 20 Sender start condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 Wink Start 01 Delay Dial 02 Ground Start 15 Timing Start B CM35 T R Transmitter PAD Receiver PAD Gain Loss CONNECTION PATTERNS PAD DATA OF DTI dB DAT A 4 T R DAT A 5 T R DAT A 6 T R DAT A 7 T R S...

Page 303: ...ERNS 1ST DATA PAD DATA PATTERNS CONNECTING PATTERNS CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 0 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 1 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 2 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 3 50 65 50 54 58 62 STA TONE DTI 51 55 59 63 COT DID IPT DTI 52 56 60 64 ODT 4W E M DTI 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT CFTC DTI PATTERNS PAD DATA OF DTI T R dB REMARKS 2ND DATA 00 15 00 0 0 01 2 2 02 3 3 03 0 6 04 3 8 05 3 3 06 6 6 07 8 8 08 15 Not Used D J...

Page 304: ...ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 ms 1 2 Y 3 03 Wink Delay Detection Timeout 01 15 1 15 seconds 1 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 7 seconds Assign an access code for the DTI trunk route NOTE The Least Cost Routing or Route Advance feature is available for call origination via the DTI Refer to the following feature pro gramming LEAST COST ROUTING 3...

Page 305: ...time slots Assign trunk numbers to each channel number on the DTI card The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from the lowest to highest channel number assigned To minimize the number of time slots allocated assign trunk numbers to consecutive channels on each card Never skip channels in CM07 1 2 Y 01 XX ZZ XX 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 ZZ 00 23 Channel No of 24DTI D00...

Page 306: ... CM05 Y 0 0 12 Multi Frame D4 1 24 Multi Frame ESF 1 2 Y 02 Zero Code Suppression 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 0 Available Non Transparent 1 Not available Transparent 1 2 Y 03 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 7 Associated Channel Interoffice Sig naling Select the card for DTI T1 interface 1 2 Y 14 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 0 PN 24PRTA PN DTA 1 PN 24DTA C A CMAA DTI INI...

Page 307: ... for incom ing C O calls 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Y 03 Night Mode Y 40 Mode A Y 41 Mode B 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM07 Y 01 02 Trunk Direct Appearances 03 Trunk Direct Appearances TAS 04 Direct In Termination 08 Dial in 09 Automated Attendant 10 Attendant Console TAS 11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances 12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances TAS 13 TAS 14 Attendant Console 16 DISA 18...

Page 308: ...ce 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Answer signal arrives 7 Answer signal does not arrive 1 2 Y 05 Release signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Release signal does not arrive Loop Start C O line without Release signal 1 Release signal arrives Ground Start Loop Start with Release signal 1 2 Y 09 Incoming connection signaling 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 Ring Down Ground Start C O line 15 Ring Down Lo...

Page 309: ...ms 1 2 Y 3 06 Answer Signal Detect Timing 01 15 64 960 ms 64 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 576 ms 1 2 Y 3 07 Ringing Signal Detect Time out 01 15 512 7680 ms 512 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 7 168 ms 1 2 Y 3 08 Guard Timing of DTI release 01 15 128 1920 ms 128 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 512 ms 1 2 Y 3 09 Hooking Signal ...

Page 310: ...art Return Ground Detect Time out 01 15 1 15 seconds 1 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 7 seconds Assign an access code for the DTI trunk route used as a C O line interface NOTE The Least Cost Routing or Route Advance feature is also available for call origination via the DTI Refer to the following feature pro gramming LEAST COST ROUTING 3 6 DIGIT Page 425 ROUTE ADVANCE P...

Page 311: ...nel number on the DTI card Channel 0 and 16 cannot be assigned NOTE The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from lowest to the highest channel number as signed To minimize the number of time slots allocated assign trunk numbers to consecutive channels on each card Never skip channels in CM07 1 2 Y 01 XX ZZ XX 04 15 20 31 AP No assigned by CM05 Y 0 ZZ 01 15 17 31 Channel No of 30DTI...

Page 312: ...t 04 Delay Dial 05 Immediate Start 06 2nd DT Timing Start Tie line 1 2 Y 19 DTI PAD 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 3 Programmable PAD See CM42 4 7 Fixed PAD See left table 1 2 Y 20 Sender start condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 Wink Start 01 Delay Dial 02 Ground Start 15 Timing Start 1 2 Y 89 Cyclic Redundancy Checking for DTI trunk 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide A CM35 T R Transmitter PAD Receiver PAD...

Page 313: ...ERNS 1ST DATA PAD DATA PATTERNS CONNECTING PATTERNS CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 0 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 1 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 2 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 3 50 65 50 54 58 62 STA TONE DTI 51 55 59 63 COT DID IPT DTI 52 56 60 64 ODT 4W E M DTI 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT CFTC DTI PATTERNS PAD DATA OF DTI T R dB REMARKS 2ND DATA 00 15 00 0 0 01 2 2 02 3 3 03 0 6 04 3 8 05 3 3 06 6 6 07 8 8 08 15 Not Used C J...

Page 314: ... 32 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 ms 1 2 Y 3 03 Wink Delay Detection Timeout 01 15 1 15 seconds 1 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 7 seconds Assign an access code for the DTI trunk route NOTE The Least Cost Routing or Route Advance feature is also available for call origination via the DTI Refer to the following feature programming LEAST COST R...

Page 315: ... the trunk numbers to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No D000 D255 Trunk No Assign the data for DID to the trunk numbers assigned by CM10 CM14 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 01 Tenant Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No 01 Tenant No 1 2 Y 02 Terminating System in Day Mode Y 03 Te...

Page 316: ...e No 1 Incoming trunk 1 2 Y 05 Release Signal from distant office 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Release Signal arrives 1 2 Y 09 Incoming connection signaling 00 63 Trunk Route No 06 2nd DT Timing Start Tie Line NOTE When 2nd data is set to 1 the Trunk ID number assigned by CM30 Y 19 is displayed 1 2 Y 75 DID incoming LDN display on Dterm DESKCON 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Available 1 Not available NOTE A CM3...

Page 317: ...nnouncement Service when the called station does not answer the DID Tie Line call 0E00 Announcement Service when the DID Tie Line call terminates to the busy station Assign the destination of DID call transferred when the station is busy unassigned no an swer NOTE When Announcement Service is pro vided for No Answer CM51 Y 00 or Busy CM51 Y 03 see ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE Page 32 When Announcement Ser...

Page 318: ...call 1 2 Y 05 Day Mode Y 06 Night Mode Y 07 Mode A Y 08 Mode B 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 00 63 Trunk Tenant No DESCRIPTION DATA Assign a tenant number to each station as signed by CM76 Y 01 02 03 04 1 2 Y 04 X XXXXXXXX Station No assigned by CM76 Y 01 02 03 04 00 63 Tenant No 01 Tenant No Assign the terminating station tenant for each DID number during Day Night M...

Page 319: ... 301 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1006 fm HARDWARE REQUIRED 4DIT card DID Trunk DIRECT INWARD DIALING DID ...

Page 320: ... Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 44 Call Waiting Answer from called side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the data for DID Call Waiting to the trunk routes assigned by CM30 1 2 Y 59 Call Waiting for DID call 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide Specify Call Waiting for DID call per incom ing LDN number if required NOTE CM76 Y 10 is effective when the 2nd dat...

Page 321: ...EP4 Assign the data for interpreting the received digits to each Number Conversion Block number by CM76 Y 01 04 DID Digit Conversion Programming Procedure Received number Station number DID station CM35 Y 18 0 To provide DID Digit Conversion CM35 Y 170 CM35 Y 12 Number of digits to be received 1 4 digits CM35 Y 78 Number of digits to be converted 2 4 digits CM76 Y 00 DID number Number Conversion B...

Page 322: ...A PROGRAMMING Page 307 1 2 Y 170 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Development Table 1 3 Development Table 0 Specify the number of digits to be received on DID for Development Table 0 1 2 Y 12 00 63 Trunk Route No Number of digits 0 1 digit 1 2 digits 2 3 digits 3 4 digits Specify the number of digits to be converted on DID for Development Table 0 1 2 Y 78 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Leading 2 4 digits 1 All digi...

Page 323: ... of digits to be converted on DID for Development Table 1 1 2 Y 171 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 08 1 8 digits 15 4 digits Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 0 1 2 Y 00 X XXXX DID No 000 999 Number Conversion Block No Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 1 1 2 Y 90 X XXXXXXXX DID No 000 999 Number Conversion Block No A CM35 CM76 B DIRECT INWARD DI...

Page 324: ...CM76 Y 00 90 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be termi nated DXX Change Terminating System to D02 Trunk Direct Appearances D03 Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D04 Direct In Termination D09 Automated Attendant D10 Attendant Console TAS D11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances D12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D13 TAS D14 Attendant Console D16 DISA B CM76 END DIRECT INWARD DIALING DID DI...

Page 325: ...fied DID No X XXX 084 1234 DID number of company A X XXX 085 1234 DID number of company B Trunk Route No 00 for DID line of company A 01 for DID line of company B Station No 2000 for DID line of company A 3000 for DID line of company B PSTN DID number of company A X XXX 084 1234 DID number of company B X XXX 085 1234 Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 01 NEAX 2000 IPS Station No 2000 The lower 5 digits in...

Page 326: ... 07 Specify the number of digits to be received on DID for Development Table1 as 7 digits to trunk route number 01 CM35 Y 171 00 05 Specify the number of digits to be converted on DID for Development Table1 as 5 digits to trunk route number 00 CM35 Y 171 01 05 Specify the number of digits to be converted on DID for Development Table1 as 5 digits to trunk route number 01 CM76 Y 90 41234 000 Assign ...

Page 327: ... 000 199 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 XX XX Character Maximum 16 charac ters X 0 9 A Z 1 2 Y 25 000 199 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 20 7F Character Code Maximum 32 dig its 16 characters See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 Assign Service Restriction Class A to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restrict...

Page 328: ...e Display Provide the Dterm with a select key of Calling Number Display or Calling Name Display if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1099 Select Key of Calling Number Dis play or Calling Name Display Provide the DESKCON with a select key of Calling Number Display or Calling Name Dis play if required 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6122 Select Key of Calling Number Dis play or Calling Name ...

Page 329: ...n the data for DISA to the required trunks 1 2 Y 02 Terminating System in Day Mode Y 03 Terminating System in Night Mode Y 40 Terminating System in Mode A Y 41 Terminating System in Mode B 000 255 Trunk No 16 DISA 1 2 Y 30 Handling of DISA destination in Day Mode Y 31 Handling of busy not available DISA destination in Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 00 C O line release 01 Forwarded to TAS indicator 03...

Page 330: ...99 ID Code Pattern No Assign the desired Trunk Restriction Class for each ID Code Pattern number 1 2 Y 11 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH Assign the desired Service Restriction Class A to each ID Code Pattern number The features ...

Page 331: ...ass C to each ID Code The features available in each class are assigned by CM15 1 2 Y 14 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Assign the purpose of ID Code 1 2 Y 10 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 0 Validate the ID Code entered from sta tions and trunks 2 Validate the ID Code entered from trunks 3 Invalidate the ID Code entered from stations and trunks Specify the maximum nu...

Page 332: ...LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign Servi...

Page 333: ...ss A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Specify the processor for checking the ID Code on DISA 1 2 217 0 MP 1 OAI ACF Assign the access code for Call Forwarding All Calls Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 5 5 A010 Call Forwarding All Calls Set A011 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel START CM12 CM15 CM08 CM20 C Without ID Code entry when digit conversion on...

Page 334: ...ode Pattern No 2 Validate the ID Code entered from trunks Assign Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM15 Y 134 to the ID Code Pattern num ber 1 2 Y 12 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Specify the setting station of Manual Call For warding set by DISA if required If the station number is set by this command Call Forward setting is not available for the other stati...

Page 335: ...igits 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No Assign the purpose of ID Code 1 2 Y 10 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 2 Validate the ID Code entered from trunks Assign Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM15 Y 134 to the ID Code Pattern num ber 1 2 Y 12 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Set the calling party number to be used as the ID Code for DISA 1 2 Y 15 0000 2999 ID Code Pa...

Page 336: ... for DISA when the DID number as signed by CM76 Y 00 is sent 1 2 Y 14 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 0 Available Allow the service setting by DISA without di aling the ID Code 1 2 Y 15 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 15 Service setting without dialing the ID Code Assign the ID Code Development number for Call Forwarding set by DISA 1 2 Y A0 3 Auto...

Page 337: ...ern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Set the calling party number to be used as the ID Code for DISA 1 2 Y 15 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 0 Available Specify the setting station of Manual Call For warding set by DISA if required If the station number is set by this command Call Forward setting is not available for the other stations 1 2 Y 16 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No X XXXXXXXX Station No ...

Page 338: ... 320 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1006 fm HARDWARE REQUIRED DAT card if required DIRECT INWARD SYSTEM ACCESS DISA CALL FORWARDING SET BY DISA ...

Page 339: ... 2 Y 13 Day Mode 14 Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 01 TAS BUZZER 04 Attendant Console 06 Automatic Camp On 15 Waiting until the DIT station be comes idle Assign the transfer destination for an unan swered DIT call in Day Mode and Night Mode respectively 1 2 Y 15 Day Mode 16 Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No 01 Attendant Console 03 TAS 15 To be continued DIT Specify the timing for an unanswered call to a DI...

Page 340: ... XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No D000 D255 Trunk No Assign the data for Direct Outward Dialing to the trunk number assigned by CM10 CM14 NOTE For Resident System Program refer to the Command Manual 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No NOTE 1 2 Y 01 Tenant Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No 01 Tenant No 1 2 Y 08 Restriction on Night Mode 000 255 Trunk No...

Page 341: ...00 63 Trunk Route No 2 Outgoing 3 Bothway 1 2 Y 04 Answer Signal Condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Answer Signal by Polarity Reversal 7 No Answer Signal In case of no Answer Signal system recognizes the answer in timing set by CM41 Y 0 03 1 2 Y 05 Release Signal Condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 No Release Signal from C O 1 Release Signal from C O 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending 00 63 Trunk Route No 3 T...

Page 342: ... Y 23 DP Inter Digital Pause Y 24 DTMF Inter Digital Pause Y 25 DP Make Ratio Y 26 DTMF Signal Width Y 45 DP Sender Release Timing Y 46 DTMF Sender Release Timing Specify the timing for Interdigit Pause on out going C O call 1 2 Y 0 27 03 14 3 14 seconds 1 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 7 sec onds Assign the access code to each route 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X...

Page 343: ...1 E108 E115 For FP No 02 E116 E123 For FP No 03 E124 E131 Assign a single line station Dterm or DESKCON to work in conjunction with the DSS Console 1 2 00 31 DSS Console No Last two digits of E100 E131 assigned by CM10 CM14 X XXXXXXXX Station No My Line No of Dterm E000 E007 ATTCON No Assign the station and trunk numbers as need ed to the keys on each DSS Console 1 2 DSS Console No 00 31 DSS Key N...

Page 344: ...QUIRED DSS Console DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the type of busy indication on the BLF of the DSS console as station base or extension base 1 2 269 0 Station base 1 Extension base A CM08 END DIRECT STATION SELECTION BUSY LAMP FIELD DSS BLF CONSOLE ...

Page 345: ...al of ringing tones for station on incoming calls NOTE For incoming calls to a Trunk Di rect Appearances key on Dterms the special ringing 0 2 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF will be applied 1 2 Y 33 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 2 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF 3 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF DES...

Page 346: ...of ringing tones as As per CM76 Y 22 1 2 180 1 As per CM76 Y 22 Specify the interval of ringing tones on DID calls For this assignment do not set CM76 Y 22 to 3 As per CM35 Y 33 Dterm or SLT 1 2 Y 22 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF Dterm 1 0 second ON 2 0 seconds OFF SLT 1 0 5 seconds ON 0 5 seconds OFF 0 5 seconds ON 1 5 seconds OFF Dte...

Page 347: ...d Attendant calls 1 2 180 0 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 As per CM35 Y 33 DESCRIPTION DATA Select the kind of the ringing for station atten dant calls with trunk lines placed on Consulta tion Hold 1 2 137 0 Change from Internal Ringing CM08 138 to External Ringing CM35 Y 33 when caller goes on hook or presses RLS key 1 External Ringing CM35 Y 33 START CM08 END STAR...

Page 348: ...0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 2 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF 3 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the interval of ringing tones as As per CM76 Y 22 1 2 180 1 As per CM76 Y 22 Specify the interval of ringing tones on ISDN Indial calls For this assignment do not set CM76 Y 22 to 3 As per CM35 Y 33 Dterm or SLT 1 2 Y 22 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 0 5 sec...

Page 349: ...SCRIPTION DATA Specify the lamp color for an incoming exter nal call NOTE The lamp color for incoming inter nal calls is red 120 IPM flashing For indicating the termination of a transferred external incoming call the flashing lamp color depends on CM08 137 1 2 Y 32 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Green 120 IPM 1 Red 120 IPM START CM35 END DISTINCTIVE RINGING ...

Page 350: ...e lamp indication of Dterm until de tecting the kind of incoming call from the main PBX Centrex The lamp is lit until detection of the ringing frequency 1 2 382 0 Red Steady Light 1 120 IPM Flash As per CM35 Y 32 Specify the ringing distinction by detecting the ringing signal from the main PBX Centrex 1 2 366 0 Longer Ringing than CM41 Y 2 40 External call Shorter Ringing than CM41 Y 2 40 Internal...

Page 351: ...nce Key on Dterm the spe cial ringing 0 2 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF will be applied 1 2 Y 33 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 1 0 4 seconds ON 0 2 seconds OFF 0 4 seconds ON 2 seconds OFF 2 1 second ON 2 seconds OFF 3 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 00 63 Trunk Route No See t...

Page 352: ... ond data is fixed to 1 B CM65 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 2 Ringer Tone 2 600 700 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 660 760 Hz 16 Hz Mo...

Page 353: ...n Dterm 1 2 Y 18 000 255 Trunk No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Assign the ringing detect timer for incoming trunk calls 1 2 Y 2 00 06 10 192 320 ms 32 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 256 288 ms Assign the main PBX Centrex ringing distinction timer NOTE 1 on next page 1 2 Y 2 40 01 15 128 1920 ms 128 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 1280 1408 ms Assign th...

Page 354: ... the main PBX station terminating ringer and C O line terminating ringer is under 200 ms distinction may be incomplete NOTE 2 When Immediate Ringing is not provided on main PBX be sure to set CM41 Y 2 41 as 00 Assign the Trunk Line Appearance key to a Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No D000 D255 Trunk No Provide the tone ringer on call termination NOTE When CM30 Y 02 03 40 41 2nd data is 03 this set...

Page 355: ...G DATA CM08 392 0 1 CM08 396 1 0 CM08 397 0 0 Internal Ringing SLT 1sON 4sOFF 0 3sON 0 2sOFF 0 3sON 4 2sOFF Dterm 1sON 4sOFF 0 25sON 0 25sOFF 0 25sON 4 25sOFF External Ringing SLT 0 3sON 0 2sOFF 0 3sON 4 2sOFF 1sON 4sOFF Dterm 0 25sON 0 25sOFF 0 25sON 4 25sOFF 1sON 4sOFF Special Ringing SLT 0 2sON 0 2sOFF 0 2sON 0 2sOFF 0 2sON 4sOFF 0 2sON 0 2sOFF 0 2sON 0 2sOFF 0 2sON 4sOFF Dterm 0 25sON 0 125sOF...

Page 356: ...onds OFF is applied 1 2 Y 33 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Rering NOTE 1 Special Ringing 2 Internal Ringing 3 External Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the interval of ringing tones for Direct in Termination calls 1 2 179 0 As per CM35 Y 33 1 Special Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 DESCRIPTIO...

Page 357: ... applied 1 2 Y 22 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 Internal Ringing NOTE 1 Special Ringing 2 Internal Ringing 3 External Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the interval of ringing tones for DISA Automated Attendant calls 1 2 180 0 Special Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 3...

Page 358: ...ing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the interval of ringing tones as As per CM76 Y 22 1 2 180 1 As per CM76 Y 22 Specify the interval of ringing tones on ISDN Indial calls For this assignment do not set CM76 Y 22 to 3 As per CM35 Y 33 Dterm or SLT NOTE For SLT Internal Ringing is ap plied For Dterm the special ring ing 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 sec...

Page 359: ...s is sent once Specify the lamp indication of Dterm until de tecting the kind of incoming call from the main PBX Centrex The lamp is lit until detection of the ringing frequency 1 2 382 0 Red Steady Light 1 120 IPM Flash As per CM35 Y 32 Specify the ringing distinction by detecting the ringing signal from the main PBX Centrex 1 2 366 0 Longer Ringing than CM41 Y 2 40 External call Shorter Ringing ...

Page 360: ...p plied For Dterm the special ring ing 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF 0 25 seconds ON 0 25 seconds OFF is applied 1 2 Y 33 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Rering NOTE 1 Special Ringing 2 Internal Ringing 3 External Ringing See Interval of Ringing Tones by CM08 392 CM08 396 CM08 397 Page 337 Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 00 63 Trunk Route No See the table be...

Page 361: ... ond data is fixed to 1 B CM65 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 2 Ringer Tone 2 600 700 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 660 760 Hz 16 Hz Mo...

Page 362: ...n Dterm 1 2 Y 18 000 255 Trunk No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Assign the ringing detect timer for incoming trunk calls 1 2 Y 2 00 06 10 192 320 ms 32 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 256 288 ms Assign the main PBX Centrex ringing distinction timer NOTE 1 on next page 1 2 Y 2 40 01 15 128 1920 ms 128 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 1280 1408 ms Assign th...

Page 363: ... the main PBX station terminating ringer and C O line terminating ringer is under 200 ms distinction may be incomplete NOTE 2 When Immediate Ringing is not provided on main PBX be sure to set CM41 Y 2 41 as 00 Assign the Trunk Line Appearance key to a Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No D000 D255 Trunk No Provide the tone ringer on call termination NOTE When CM30 Y 02 03 40 41 2nd data is 03 this set...

Page 364: ...t Disturb Set Cancel 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 8 8 A022 Do Not Disturb Set A023 Do Not Disturb Cancel Assign the destination of the call when called station is set to Do Not Disturb 1 2 Y 10 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXXXX Station No E000 Attendant Console Assign a Do Not Disturb function key to the Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0022 Do Not Disturb Set Reset ...

Page 365: ...Available 1 Not available For a system with multiple tenant specify the destination of a call transferred in CM51 Y 10 1 2 241 0 Tenant of called station 1 Tenant of calling station Select the Dial Tone on setting Do Not Dis turb 1 2 Y 2 14 Dial Tone on setting Do Not Disturb 0 Special Dial Tone Stutter Dial Tone 1 Dial Tone A CM08 CM48 END DO NOT DISTURB ...

Page 366: ...5 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign Call Forwarding All Calls Outside to the Virtual Line station number assigned by CM11 1 2 Y 00 Call Forwarding All Calls X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No assigned by CM11 Destination No X XXXX YY Y X XXXX Outgoing Trunk LCR Group Access Code 1 4 digits Separate Mark YY Y Called No Maximum 26 digits For system with multiple tenan...

Page 367: ... the RUN lamp indication The RUN lamp flashes on green color when the AP is in active When you install the AP00 at first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch set ting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 45 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown ...

Page 368: ...k data of CMDD21 1 As for Time Table No 1 of CMDD22 2 As for Time Table No 2 of CMDD22 3 As for Time Table No 3 of CMDD22 To set the timing of Do Not Disturb group set cancel for each day of the week specify Time Table number set by CMDD22 1 2 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday 0 3 Time Table No 0 3 of CMDD22 Ini tial data of CMDD21 1 7 is as fol lows START CM13...

Page 369: ...ute 5 minute increments 0 Do Not Disturb Group Cancel 1 Do Not Disturb Group Set Assign a Do Not Disturb function key to the Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0022 Do Not Disturb Set Reset Assign a Do Not Disturb function key on each DSS Console if needed 1 2 DSS Console No 00 31 DSS Key No 57 59 F1053 Do Not Disturb Set Reset A CMDD22 CM90 CM97 END DO NOT DISTURB ...

Page 370: ...ub line of Dterm or virtual line stations For Setting Side Dterm DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Service Restriction Class C to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow Do Not Disturb Setting in Service Re striction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 188 00 15 Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 YY 07 0 Allow 1 Restricted Assign the Do Not Dis...

Page 371: ...2 0 Restricted 1 Allow Assign Service Restriction Class C to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No Sub Line No Virtual Line Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow Do Not Disturb to be set in Service Re striction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 189 00 15 Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 YY 07 0 Allow 1 Restricted Provide Do Not Disturb feature to each ten...

Page 372: ...Enhanced 911 0 To send Specify whether the Sender Tone will be sent when a call originated or not 1 2 475 Sending of Sender Tone 0 Not sent No tone 1 To send Provide the System with Enhanced 911 1 2 52 Enhanced 911 0 To provide Specify that all circuits on the 911 Sender trunk are used as sender NOTE The AP number 0 3 corresponds to the AP numbers assigned by CM05 04 15 20 31 as shown below CM31 Y...

Page 373: ...n Provide SMDR Centralized Billing for outgo ing call 1 2 Y 14 SMDR for outgoing call 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 To provide Specify sender start condition NOTE Digital and Analog Tie Lines are set to Wink Start Analog Loop Start Lines are set to Timing Start 1 2 Y 20 Sender start condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 Wink Start 15 Timing Start Specify the trunk seizure pattern 1 2 Y 36 Trunk seizure patte...

Page 374: ...dig its A126 A129 Access Code for LCR Group 0 3 Assign the LCR data as the occasion demands YYYY 1 2 See CM8A in the Command Manual See CM8A in the Command Manual Assign the calling station number sent to the network are not available for the sending num ber 1 2 Y 12 Calling Number assignment X XXXXXXXX Station No X XXXX Sending No Assign the Local Office Code Table number for sending the calling ...

Page 375: ...m the tables se lected by CM12 Y 13 The table se lected for the incoming CCIS Tie route must contain the main tele phone number area code office code and last four digits of the dis tant PBX 1 2 Y 03 Local Office Code Table No on tan dem connection 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 14 Local Office Code Table No 00 14 15 Not sent Assign the Local Office Code sent to the net work is not available for the send...

Page 376: ...SKCON No 2 for 911 Notification E000 E007 ATTCON No 0 7 To display the local office code on the DESKCON for C O tandem 911 calls assign the incoming C O trunk to the local office code 1 2 Y 19 000 255 Trunk No XXXX Trunk ID Code Local Office Code Assign the 911 Notification key on the DESKCON NOTE Do not assign this data to the Multi Function keys 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6124 911 Noti...

Page 377: ...tination station of 911 Notifica tion NOTE 911 Notification can be provided on the maximum two Dterm s per system 1 2 Y 16 04 Station No 1 for 911 Notification 05 Station No 2 for 911 Notification X XXXXXXXX Station No Assign the 911 Notification key to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F5025 911 Notification To allow a station to interrupt the 911 call as sign the Executive Override key to the...

Page 378: ... 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1006 fm EXECUTIVE CALLING PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION DATA Assign VIP class to the required stations 1 2 Y 21 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide START CM13 END JULY 01 2006 EXECUTIVE CALLING ...

Page 379: ... Y 05 Calling Side and Y 09 Called Side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Executive Override 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 4 A006 Executive Override Make the Conference trunk on the MP card in service 1 2 Y 6 00 15 MP built in CFT Circuit No 1 In service Assign an Executive Override key to the Dterm as needed 1 2 Y 0...

Page 380: ... Equipment In terface of MP card by setting CM44 Assign the Paging Trunk COT card and DK card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The DK card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No D000 D255 COT card E800 E831 DK card For FP No 00 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For FP ...

Page 381: ...ard No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No of DK card 313 Built in External Equipment Interface 02XX Speaker Paging Start XX 00 09 Speaker Paging Zone 0 9 as signed by CM30 Y 28 Specify the conditions for Paging access 1 2 094 Paging Access Tone 0 To send 1 Not sent 1 2 096 Hook flash Signal to the Paging Equipment 0 To send 1 Not sent 1 2 149 Automatic Call Back when the paging stati...

Page 382: ...to the trunk number assigned by CM10 CM14 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 9 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Z Kind of Paging 0 No answer 2 Non delay answer 4 Non delay and delay answer Assign the Paging trunk to the trunk route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Trunk Route No 07 05 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Send...

Page 383: ... CM10 CM14 as follows 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 50 59 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 9 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Z Kind of Paging 0 No answer 2 Non delay answer 4 Non delay and delay answer Assign the Paging Trunk to the trunk route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 50 59 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending Capability 50 59 Tr...

Page 384: ... of E831 is used for built in External Equipment In terface of MP card by setting CM44 Assign the Paging Trunk COT card and DK card to the required LEN NOTE 1 The DK card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No D000 D255 COT card E800 E831 DK card For FP No 00 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For ...

Page 385: ... AMP relay circuits simultaneously NOTE 2 Set the second data to 1 when one Paging trunk is connected with one AMP relay circuit 1 2 734 0 To specify by Access Code 1 To specify per trunk Specify the method of starting AMP relay cir cuit connection NOTE 1 This command is effective only when the second data of CM08 734 is set to 0 NOTE 2 Set the second data to 0 when one Paging trunk is connected w...

Page 386: ...e 0 To send 1 Not sent 1 2 096 Hook flash Signal to the Paging Equipment 0 To send 1 Not sent 1 2 149 Automatic Call Back when the paging station is busy through non delay op eration 0 Available 1 Not available Specify the same Access code condition for Paging Access and Answer 1 2 157 Access code for Paging Access and Answer 0 Same Assign the access code for Paging Access and Answer NOTE Paging A...

Page 387: ... 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 Paging Answer Zone 0 Z Kind of Paging 0 No answer 2 Non delay answer 4 Non delay and delay answer Assign the Paging trunk to the trunk route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 50 59 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending Capability 50 59 Trunk Route No 1 No dial pulses are sent out DESCRIPTION DATA Assign a Paging key to DESKCON 1 2 AT...

Page 388: ... External Equipment In terface of MP card by setting CM44 Specify ON OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start Assign the paging function to the DK card or external equipment interface on the MP card 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No of DK card 02X...

Page 389: ...0 CM14 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No Assign the Paging Trunk to the trunk route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending Capability 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 No dial pulses are sent out A CM30 CM35 B JUNE 01 2007 EXTERNAL PAGING WITH MEET ME ...

Page 390: ...T DID ODT 2W E M IPT ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 8 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 ODT IDT 4W E M ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 Station COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 Tone COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ODT IDT 4W E M COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DTI ...

Page 391: ...T COT LDT ODT IDT 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT COT LDT ODT IDT 50 54 58 62 Station Tone DTI 51 55 59 63 COT LDT IPT DTI 52 56 60 64 ODT IDT DTI 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT DTI T R Transmit Receive Loss PATTERNS 2ND DATA 2 PAD DATA OF B TRUNK T R dB COT LDT ODT 4W E M ODT 2W E M IDT DTI 00 15 00 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 8 16 0 0 0 16 0 16 02 0 0 4 4 0 0 4 4 4 4 03 3 3 8 8 3...

Page 392: ... Incoming Trunk Route ZZ 00 63 Outgoing Trunk Route 0 Allow Assign the forced release timer when the Pag ing Trunk is not released after seizing the trunk NOTE If the 2nd data is set to 00 forced re lease is not performed 1 2 Y 0 120 00 99 0 396 seconds 4 second incre ments If no data is set the default setting is 180 sec onds D CM36 CM41 END JULY 01 2006 EXTERNAL PAGING WITH MEET ME ...

Page 393: ...01 E808 E815 For FP No 02 E816 E823 For FP No 03 E824 E831 NOTE 2 Circuit No 3 of E831 is used for built in External Equipment In terface of MP card by setting CM44 Specify ON OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start Specify the method of the starting AMP relay circuit NOTE 1 Set the s...

Page 394: ...ging function to the DK card or external equipment interface on the MP card 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No of DK card 313 Built in External Equipment Interface 02XX Speaker Paging Start XX 00 09 Speaker Paging Zone 0 9 as signed by CM20 Y 0 3 A070 A079 CM30 Y 28 Specify the same Access code condition for Paging Access and Answer 1 2 157 Access code fo...

Page 395: ...nected with two AMP relay circuits simultaneously 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 50 Trunk Route No 50 1 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 Paging Answer Zone 0 Z Kind of Paging 0 No answer 2 Non delay answer Assign the Paging trunk to the trunk route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending Capability 00 63 Trunk R...

Page 396: ...ID ODT 2W E M IPT ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 8 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 ODT IDT 4W E M ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT ODT IDT 4W E M 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 Station COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 Tone COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ODT IDT 4W E M COT LDT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DTI BRT...

Page 397: ...T COT LDT ODT IDT 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT COT LDT ODT IDT 50 54 58 62 Station Tone DTI 51 55 59 63 COT LDT IPT DTI 52 56 60 64 ODT IDT DTI 53 57 61 65 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT DTI T R Transmit Receive Loss PATTERNS 2ND DATA 2 PAD DATA OF B TRUNK T R dB COT LDT ODT 4W E M ODT 2W E M IDT DTI 00 15 00 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 8 16 0 0 0 16 0 16 02 0 0 4 4 0 0 4 4 4 4 03 3 3 8 8 3...

Page 398: ... and the out going trunk route 1 2 Y 0 XX ZZ XX 00 63 Incoming Trunk Route ZZ 00 63 Outgoing Trunk Route 0 Allow Assign the forced release timer when the Pag ing Trunk is not released after seizing the trunk NOTE If the 2nd data is set to 00 forced re lease is not performed 1 2 Y 0 120 00 99 0 396 seconds 4 second incre ments If no data is set the default setting is 180 sec onds E CM36 CM41 END JU...

Page 399: ...erm Also this is the number to which the incoming fax call is directed 1 2 000 763 LEN X XXXXXXXX Single Line Station No FX FXXXXXXXX My Line No Assign the fax call station number This num ber is used as the fax call indicator button on the Dterm Also this is the number to which the incoming fax call is directed Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No X...

Page 400: ...XXXXXX Fax Call Station No 0 Accommodated 1 Not accommodated Assign the fax call station number as the arriv al indicator to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No key No X XXXXXXXX Fax Call Station No DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the fax call station number This num ber is used as the fax call indicator button on the Dterm Also this is the number to which the incoming fax call is directed 1 2 000 763 LEN X XXX...

Page 401: ... Assign the fax call station numbers to a House Phone group 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Fax Call Station No 00 03 Fax Call Group No Specify the accommodation of the fax call sta tion to the Dterm NOTE This command needs to be set when assigning a single line station as a fax call station number by CM10 CM14 1 2 Y 05 X XXXXXXXX Fax Call Station No 0 Accommodated 1 Not accommodated Assign fax station using ...

Page 402: ...atus of the extensions accommodated to the Flexible Line Keys on the Series E Terminal without the One Touch Speed Dial Keys assign the following data Station Speed Dialing mem ory and One Touch Key memory assignment are used to implement this feature DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Service Restriction Class A to each sta tion 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow...

Page 403: ...r programming the dialed number from the station 0 1 Effective Ineffective ZZ 01 10 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks NOTE 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 6000 Memory Parcels cannot be used to provide BLF function on Dterm line key Example If the stored number intended is 10 for Station Number 300 20 for Station Number 301 and 30 for Station Number 302 the memory areas assignment is as follows A C...

Page 404: ...he number of Memory Parcels per station exceeds 11 then Abbreviated Code 00 99 The following figure shows the relation between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels B CM73 0 In the case of 10 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 In the case of 20 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 9 0 1 9 00 01...

Page 405: ...keys on each Dterm For the key number and the last two digits of the second data assign the same number as fol lows 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F11XX XX 00 99 Station Speed Dialing 00 99 NOTE 1 The initial setting of key layout is for 16 Line Trunk Feature Keys Key No 01 16 When using key No 17 24 data setting of CM12 Y 24 2nd da ta 0 is required NOTE 2 A station user should set the re quired exten...

Page 406: ... 1st digit of Station No 801 1 digit 802 2 digits 803 3 digits 804 4 digits 805 5 digits 806 6 digits 807 7 digits 808 8 digits Assign station numbers to the required LEN according to the Numbering Plan specified by CM20 For feature and trunk access codes re fer to the programming of individual features 1 2 000 763 LEN X XXXXXXXX Station No Assign station numbers to the required LEN according to t...

Page 407: ... 051 Button as Switch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective 1 2 069 Single Digit Dialing on BT Connec tion 1 Step Call 1 2 148 Same Last Digit Redialing on BT Connection 1 Ineffective Provide the System with the Single Digit Fea ture Access Code on RBT or Voice Call Con nection 1 2 156 0 Available Provide the System with the Single Digit Fea ture Access Code on BT Connection 1 2 208 0 Available START CM08 END ...

Page 408: ...d by CM12 Y 07 See the table below Series 3200 R6 1 software required Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 00 63 Trunk Route No See the table below Series 3200 R6 1 software required START CM08 INITIAL CM12 CM15 Y 83 Y 84 Y 93 0 Y 93 1 0 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 7 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 1 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 5 R...

Page 409: ...INGING when provid ing Delayed Ringing to each line extension key Page 257 1 2 Y 01 Day Mode My Line No Key No 0 Disabled A CM65 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 66...

Page 410: ...tion No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Off Hook Ringing for incoming calls to Line Trunk Keys on Dterms in Service Restric tion Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 NOTE This data is effective in the following status Hook Switch OFF HOOK SPEAKER Lamp OFF 1 2 Y 68 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Restricted 1 Allow B CM12 CM15 END FLEXIBLE RINGING ASSIGNMENT ...

Page 411: ...e only when the 2nd data is set to 0 NOTE 2 This command is performed after CM08 577 is set or when the sta tion tenant number of My Line is changed by CM12 Y 04 1 2 Y 9 0 0 Start to apply 1 Now applying 3 Stand by Assign the setting of Dterm ringing tone by Day Mode Night Mode 1 2 Y 02 My Line No Key No 01 24 0 Day Mode No ringing Night Mode No ringing 1 Day Mode Ringing Night Mode Ringing 2 Day ...

Page 412: ...rvice Re striction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 31 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the entry of Forced Account Code after dialing an LCR access code and desired number Series 3900 software required NOTE To provide this operation the following data assignments are required Toll restriction CM12 Y 01 CM8A Y 5XXX 000 CM81 LCR origination CM20 A126 A127 ...

Page 413: ...d Account Code 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No Assign the purpose of ID Code 1 2 Y 10 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 0 Validate the ID Code entered from sta tions and trunks 1 Validate the ID Code entered from sta tions 3 Invalidate the ID Code entered from stations and trunks Assign the desired Trunk Restriction Class for each ID Code Pattern number 1 2 Y 11 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 1 Unrestricted...

Page 414: ...umber The features available in each class are assigned by CM15 1 2 Y 12 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Assign the desired Service Restriction Class B to each ID Code Pattern number The features available in each class are assigned by CM15 1 2 Y 13 0000 2999 ID Code Pattern No 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Assign the desired Service Restriction Class C to each I...

Page 415: ...l 0 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No ED00 ED03 CFT Card No Assign the stations which belongs to each pag ing group and their number within the group A maximum of 9 stations can be paged simul taneously except the conference leader NOTE 1 Single line telephones Dterm s and PS can be assigned as the station within the group A virtual line cannot be assigned NOTE 2 A ...

Page 416: ...p 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A200 A207 Simultaneous Paging Group 0 7 A210 A217 Re participation Group 0 7 Assign a Group Call Automatic Conference 6 10 Party key of each paging group to the Dterm if required NOTE Even if an extension does not belong to the conference group the exten sion can page the conference group and can re participate in the confer ence if there is an idle circuit on the Conferen...

Page 417: ...XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Simultaneous Paging to the group in Service Restriction Class A 1 2 Y 119 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Assign the access code of paging groups for Group Call 2 Way Calling NOTE Even if an extension does not belong to the conference group the exten sion can page the conference group 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0...

Page 418: ...fy the group number which is the destina tion of a call from the Group Call Pilot Station 1 2 Y 43 X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No assigned by CM11 00 19 Group Call No 00 19 To provide the Station Hunting group of the Group Call Pilot Stations assign station num bers one by one as shown below 1 Virtual Line Station A 2 Virtual Line Station B 1 Virtual Line Station B 2 Virtual Line Station C NOT...

Page 419: ...up and their serial numbers in the group 1 2 Y 10 29 Group Call No 00 19 00 31 Serial No within the Group X XXXXXXXX Station No assigned by CM10 CM14 For PS WLAN station Virtual Station No WLAN Virtual Station No assigned by CM14 NOTE 1 The maximum number of Group Call stations per group is as follows Single line station Dterm My Line Virtual Line 32 stations PS WLAN station 8 stations except the ...

Page 420: ...ion No assigned by CM1C XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Calling Name Display PS in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 NOTE Set the second data 1 Restricted to the Service Restriction Class A which WLAN station number is as signed 1 2 Y 123 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow 1 Restricted B CM12 CM15 END GROUP CALL BY PILOT NUMBER DIALING...

Page 421: ...n Class B for Group Listening to the required Dterms 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Group Listening in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 70 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow START CM12 CM15 END GROUP LISTENING ...

Page 422: ... 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Hold 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 11 A046 Call Hold Assign a Call Hold key to the Dterm if needed NOTE 1 This line key is not the same key nor mally assigned to the key labeled HOLD That key is normally as signed to the Non Exclusive Exclu sive Hold feature NOTE 2 When a station has a Camp on Call flashing the switchhook and dial...

Page 423: ...tion Class B for this fea ture to required stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Dual Hold in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 64 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow START CM12 CM15 END HOLD DUAL HOLD ...

Page 424: ... DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with Exclusive Hold 1 2 130 1 Available Specify the Recall timing on Exclusive Hold 1 2 Y 0 06 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 236 240 seconds START CM08 CM41 END HOLD EXCLUSIVE HOLD ...

Page 425: ...ction must be made A maximum of 50 bidirectional Hot lines can be assigned 1 2 Y 00 99 Hotline Pair No 0 Calling Side X XXXXXXXX Station No Data Sta tion No assigned by CM12 Y 03 1 2 1 Called Side X XXXXXXXX Station No Data Sta tion No E000 E007 Attendant Console No NOTE 2 Do not assign station number with first digit 0 Specify the result of a Switch Hook Flash on each Hotline station To allow Hot...

Page 426: ...locks YYY 001 100 Number of Memory Slots to be assigned in blocks Set the outside party s number to each Memo ry Slot number 1 2 Y 0 000 299 Memory Slot No XXXX YY Y Outside Party s No XXXX Access Code Maximum 4 dig its Separator Mark YY Y Outside Party s No Maximum 26 digits NONE No data 1 2 Y 1 000 299 Memory Slot No XXX X Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data...

Page 427: ...he Hotline pairs 1 2 Y 00 99 Hotline pair No 0 Calling Station 1 Called Outside party Station No For Calling Station C XX For Called Outside party XX Abbreviated Code given by CM71 NOTE Do not assign station number with first digit 0 A CM52 END HOTLINE INSIDE OUTSIDE ...

Page 428: ...ssigned by CM11 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Virtual Station No 04 Hotline Define the Hotline pairs 1 2 Y 00 99 Hotline Pair No 0 Calling party X XXXXXXXX Virtual Station No 1 2 1 Called party X XXXXXXXX Station No C XX For Outside party XX Abbreviated Code given by CM71 See Hotline Outside NOTE Do not assign station number with first digit 0 Assign the Virtual Line station number and Release keys on the D...

Page 429: ...h DESKCON Series 3200 R6 2 software required 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E000 E007 ATTCON No Assign the access code for Individual Atten dant Access 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A095 Specify the Individual Attendant Access capa bility provided from a station belonging to a different tenant 1 2 143 0 Restricted 1 Allowed START CM10 CM14 CM20 CM08 END I...

Page 430: ... to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP car...

Page 431: ...nation of the call intercepted on each Tenant 1 2 Y 07 00 63 Tenant No EB000 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No To record replay or delete a message assign the appropriate Digital Announcement Trunk access codes 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A100 Digital Announcement Trunk ac cess Record A101 Digital Announcement Trunk ac cess Replay A102 DigitalAnnouncementTrunkacces...

Page 432: ...ore 0000 1019 Virtual LEN Series 3400 software or later A200 A224 A300 A324 A400 A424 A500 A524 A600 A624 A700 A724 Manual Intercom Number A X YY X 2 7 Serial No in a Group YY Manual Intercom Group No Assign the Manual Intercom station 1 2 Y 03 A200 A724 Manual Intercom No as signed by CM11 06 Manual Intercom Assign the My Line No of each Dterm to each Manual Intercom number 1 2 Y 11 A200 A724 Man...

Page 433: ...INTERCOM key to each Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No A200 A724 Manual Intercom No of each Dterm Specify the Manual Intercom access capability when a called intercom station has set Do Not Disturb 1 2 238 0 No Ring on 1 Ring on Allowed A CM90 CM08 END INTERCOM MANUAL INTERCOM ...

Page 434: ...rtual LEN Series 3400 software or later A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Intercom Number A X YY X 0 1 to be made one pair YY 00 31 Automatic Intercom Group No Assign each Automatic Intercom station 1 2 Y 03 A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Inter com No as signed by CM11 05 Automatic Intercom Assign the My Line number to each Automatic Intercom number 1 2 Y 10 A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Inter com No a...

Page 435: ... No A000 A031 A100 A131 Automatic Inter com No of each Dterm Specify the Automatic Intercom access capa bility when a called intercom station has set Do Not Disturb 1 2 237 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Specify the busy indication on the Automatic Intercom LED when the other Dterm of the same Automatic Intercom Group is busy 1 2 Y 11 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Allowed 1 Restricted A CM90 CM08 CM13 END INTER...

Page 436: ... 0000 1019 Virtual LEN Series 3400 software or later B000 B024 B100 B124 B200 B224 B300 B324 B400 B424 B500 B524 B600 B624 B700 B724 B800 B824 B900 B924 Dial Intercom Number B X YY X 0 9 Intercom Code YY 00 24 Dial Intercom Group No Assign the Dial Intercom station 1 2 Y 03 B000 B924 Dial Intercom No assigned by CM11 07 Dial Intercom Assign the My Line number to each Dial Inter com number 1 2 Y 12...

Page 437: ...er com number 1 2 Y 02 B000 B924 Dial Intercom No assigned by CM11 XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Restrict Executive Override in Service Restric tion Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 09 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Restricted Specify the Dial Intercom access capability when a called intercom station has set Do Not Disturb 1 2 239 0 Restricted 1 Allowed ...

Page 438: ... Voice Call is provided when calling a Dterm is set to Voice First from a Single Line Telephone or a Dterm without an LCD 1 2 270 0 Not provided Busy Tone 1 To provide Provide the system with the Single Digit Fea ture Access Code on BT connection 1 2 208 0 Available Specify whether the access codes of Single Digit Feature Access Code feature are fixed or not Series 3600 software required 1 2 570 0...

Page 439: ...2 1 Allow Assign Service Restriction Class C for Voice Call Mike Off called side to the required Dterm 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow Voice Call Mike Off called side in Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 99 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 0 Available Assign the Voice Call Ring Tone Program ming access code 1 2 Y ...

Page 440: ...2 1 Allow Assign Internal Zone Paging access codes and Meet Me answer codes as required 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX 50 54 55 59 Access code A130 A137 Group 0 7 Paging Access A138 A145 Group 0 7 Meet Me Answer Assign the Dterm into the required Internal Zone Paging Groups NOTE A maximum of 8 internal zone pag ing is available Up to 16 Dterms can be grouped per zone 1 2 Y 00 07 Paging ...

Page 441: ...gned by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign an All Zone Internal Paging access code 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access code 1 4 digits A164 All Zone Internal Paging Access Assign Group for Internal Zone Paging to the required Dterms NOTE A maximum of 6 zones 0 5 internal paging groups are available Up to 16 Dterm s can be grouped per zone 1 2 Y 00 05 Paging Group Number 00 15 Serial No in a Pag...

Page 442: ...will only be applied to outgo ing calls 1 2 178 0 Not available 1 Available Assign the access code for Last Number Redi al 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A069 Assign the Last Number Redial or Stack Dial feature access key to each Dterm as required NOTE 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0069 Last Number Redial F1000 Stack Dial Assign the Last Number Redial Stack Dial key to each DE...

Page 443: ...rn 01 13 00 14 and 15 are fixed 1 2 Y 01 13 Toll Restriction Pattern No 01 13 1 8 Trunk Restriction Class 0 Restricted 3 Allowed START CM20 CM81 0 Restricted 3 Allowed TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Y 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00 TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00 1 RCA 3 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 0 2 RCB 3 ...

Page 444: ...by CM8A Y 4005 4007 1 2 Y 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 1 4 Order of LCR Selection 1 1st 2 2nd 3 3rd 4 4th XXX ZZ XXX 000 255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 ZZ 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 63 For area code deletion designate the digits to be deleted To delete all digits of the area code 1 2 Y 5000 5255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 152 Deletion of all digits of the area code assigned by CM8A Y 4005 4007 0 To del...

Page 445: ...tern No 000 255 CCC No digit addition 1 2 Y 9000 9255 Digit Addition Pattern No 000 255 0 X X X Digits to be added Maximum 32 digits X 0 9 A B C Fixed Pause If three digit Toll Restriction is provided as sign the Toll Restriction Pattern number to the LCR Pattern number 1 2 Y 5000 5255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 000 00 15 Toll Restriction Pattern No speci fied by CM81 B CM8A C LEAST COST ROUTING 3 6 D...

Page 446: ...Non Restricted 1 RCB 023 Non Restricted 2 RCC 024 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 025 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 026 Restricted 1 RCF 027 Restricted 2 RCG 028 Fully Restricted 2 RCH 0 6 digit Toll Restriction Pattern 1 3 digit Toll Restriction Pattern as per CM8A Y 5000 5255 000 2 Assign the six digit Toll Restriction Pat tern number to the LCR Pattern number 1 2 Y 5000 5255 020 8000 8049 6 digit Toll Restrictio...

Page 447: ... party The maximum number of digits including the area codes should be assigned to each area code 1 2 Y 5 7 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 7 assigned by CM8A Y A000 X X X Area Code dialed Maximum 8 digits 01 24 1 digit 24 digits 25 79 25 digits 79 digits Provide the Toll Restriction feature to the re quired trunk routes 1 2 Y 11 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide Specify route access capability...

Page 448: ...t Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y A000 1 2 Y 4005 4007 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 7 X X X Area Code Maximum 8 digits 3000 3003 Date Pattern No 0 3 Assign the Time Pattern number to each day of the week for the Date Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y 4005 4007 1 2 Y 3000 3003 Date Pattern No 0 3 0 SUN 1 MON 2 TUE 3 WED 4 THU 5 FRI 6 SAT 2000 2007 Time Pattern No 0 7 START CM8A A LEAST COST...

Page 449: ... If the Tenant Pattern number is assigned by CM8A Y 2000 2007 assign the Route Pattern number to the required Tenant number for the Tenant Pattern number 1 2 Y 1000 1015 Tenant Pattern No 00 15 00 63 Tenant No 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 A CM8A 0 00 8 00 20 00 23 30 Route Route Route Pattern 00 Pattern 01 Pattern 00 Y TIME 1 ROUTE PATTERN 2 2000 Time Pattern No 0 0000 0030 0100 0130 0200 07...

Page 450: ...attern number to each area code for the Area Code Development Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y A000 1 2 Y 4010 Area Code for C O Operator X XXX Area Code for C O Operator This data is only effective for an access code assigned to CM20 A126 000 063 Route Pattern No 00 63 START CM20 CM81 0 Restricted 3 Allowed TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Y 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00 TOLL RESTRICTIO...

Page 451: ...sign the Toll Restriction Pattern number to the LCR Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y 4010 1 2 Y 5000 5255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 000 00 13 15 Toll Restriction Pattern No specified by CM81 A CM8A END CM8A LCR ACCESS CODE A000 AREA CODE 4005 4007 2000 2007 3000 3003 1000 1015 0000 0255 5000 5255 TIME PATTERN DATE PATTERN TENANT PATTERN AREA CODE DEVELOPMENT PATTERN ROUTE PATTERN LCR PATTERN DIGIT A...

Page 452: ...WATS 3rd Route 00 DDD 2 Dialed Number 9 212 NXX XXXX 9 Access Code 212 Area Code NXX Office Code XXXX Telephone Number 3 Toll Restriction Pattern Allowed Restricted RCA RCB RCC RCD RCE 00 01 02 9 212 NXX XXXX RT00 RT01 RT02 DDD WATS FX C O AREA CODE 212 NXX XXXX CLASS ROUTE JULY 01 2006 LEAST COST ROUTING 3 6 DIGIT ...

Page 453: ...d Route 00 DDD 8A0000 3 002 00 LCR Pattern No 002 STEP5 In LCR Pattern No 000 for FX delete the area code dialed 8A5000 151 0 LCR Pattern No 000 To delete STEP6 Assign the Toll Restriction Pattern to each Route LCR Pattern No For LCR Pattern No 000 Route 02 8A5000 000 10 Toll Restriction Pattern No specified by CM81 For LCR Pattern No 001 Route 01 8A5001 000 09 For LCR Pattern No 002 Route 00 8A50...

Page 454: ...00 DDD 2 Dialed Number 9 214 232 236 XXXX NOTE 236 is a Toll Office 9 213 NXX XXXX 3 Toll Restriction Pattern NOTE Area Code 213 is restricted Allowed Restricted RCA RCB RCC RCD RCE 00 01 02 RT00 RT01 RT02 DDD WATS FX C O AREA CODE 214 236 232 1 236 XXXX 213 NXX XXXX AREA CODE 213 CLASS ROUTE NOTE NOTE LEAST COST ROUTING 3 6 DIGIT ...

Page 455: ...01 STEP4 Specify the order of LCR selection to each Route Pattern For Route Pattern 00 1st Route 00 FX 8A0000 1 000 00 LCR Pattern No 000 2nd Route 01 WATS 8A0000 2 001 01 LCR Pattern No 001 3rd Route 02 DDD 8A0000 3 002 02 LCR Pattern No 002 For Route Pattern 01 1st Route 00 FX 8A0001 1 003 00 LCR Pattern No 003 2nd Route 01 WATS 8A0001 2 004 01 LCR Pattern No 004 3rd Route 02 DDD 8A0001 3 005 02...

Page 456: ...tern No specified by CM81 For LCR Pattern No 001 8A5001 000 03 For LCR Pattern No 002 8A5002 000 04 For LCR Pattern No 003 8A5003 000 01 For LCR Pattern No 004 8A5004 000 04 For LCR Pattern No 005 8A5005 000 05 Allowed Restricted AREA CODE ROUTE PATTERN No ORDER OF LCR ROUTE LCR PATTERN No RCA RCB RCC RCD RCE 214 00 1st 00 000 2nd 01 001 3rd 02 002 213 01 1st 00 003 2nd 01 004 3rd 02 005 TOLL REST...

Page 457: ...esignation of 6 digit Prefix Pattern No 8A5000 150 8050 6 digit Prefix Pattern No 00 Designation of office code requiring Prefix Pattern 8A8000 236 1 6 digit Prefix Pattern No 00 STEP8 Assign the maximum number of digits dialed 855 21 10 Area Code 10 digits ST DE DE EXE ST DE DE EXE ST DE DE EXE Area Code Development Pattern No 5 LEAST COST ROUTING 3 6 DIGIT ...

Page 458: ...ot available When the Howler Tone is provided CM08 153 1 assign Howler Tone sending to required stations 1 2 Y 04 X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 To provide Specify the timing for Lockout Alarm 1 2 Y 0 22 01 08 4 32 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 28 32 sec onds Specify the number of stations in Line Lockout to give a MN Alarm 1 2 01 01 99 1 station 99 stations NONE No...

Page 459: ... 199 0 Only desired line key 1 Speaker key is required after pressing the desired line key Provide Group Feature Key on Dterm with Line Preselection function if required Series 3500 software required NOTE This data is effective only when the second data of CM08 199 is set to 1 1 2 558 0 To provide 1 Not provided START CM08 END LINE PRESELECTION ...

Page 460: ...rd Level 0 6 Y 01 Password Level 1 6 Y 02 Password Level 2 6 Y 03 Password Level 3 6 Y 04 Password Level 4 6 Y 05 Password Level 5 6 Y 06 Password Level 6 Y 10 Password Level 0 Y 11 Password Level 1 Y 12 Password Level 2 Y 13 Password Level 3 Y 14 Password Level 4 Y 15 Password Level 5 Y 16 Password Level 6 02 F8 Command Code exclusive of 03 E7 E9 0 Allowed 1 Restricted START CME7 A MAINTENANCE AD...

Page 461: ...l 1 2 0 7 Password Level 0 7 X X X Maximum 8 digits Password CCC Password clear A password for Password Level 7 should be as signed in advance because of providing the password service by Function No 9 of CME9 The following passwords are not available CCCCCCCC FFFFFFFF The setting changing of the password is avail able only when the second data of CME9 8 is set to 0 Allowed If CME9 8 is set to 1 R...

Page 462: ... 6 Y 01 Password Level 1 6 Y 02 Password Level 2 6 Y 03 Password Level 3 6 Y 04 Password Level 4 6 Y 05 Password Level 5 6 Y 06 Password Level 6 Y 10 Password Level 0 Y 11 Password Level 1 Y 12 Password Level 2 Y 13 Password Level 3 Y 14 Password Level 4 Y 15 Password Level 5 Y 16 Password Level 6 XX 02 F8 Command Codes exclusive of 03 E7 E9 0 Allowed 1 Restricted START CME7 A DECEMBER 02 2005 MAI...

Page 463: ...in advance because of providing the password service by Function No 9 of CME9 The following passwords are not available CCCCCCCC FFFFFFFF The setting changing of the password is avail able only when the second data of CME9 8 is set to 0 Allowed If CME9 8 is set to 1 Restricted DATA ERROR is displayed when you set change the password Provide the system with Password feature Af ter setting this data...

Page 464: ...ual STATION TRUNK STATUS PROGRAMMING Refer to Maintenance Manual DESCRIPTION DATA Set or cancel make busy to stations and trunks 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 Make busy set 1 Make busy cancel 1 2 Y 1 000 255 Trunk No 0 Make busy set 1 Make busy cancel START CME5 END MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION TERMINAL MAT REMOTE MAINTENANCE REMOVE AND RESTORE SERVICE STATION LINE STATUS DISPLAY STATION TRUNK STA...

Page 465: ...s of MCI One is the RS 232C interface on the MP card and the other is the RS 232C interface on the AP00 card The system outline of the MCI is shown below 1 MCI with MP The Main Processor MP is required to make a data link with a customer supplied VMS and the analog line circuit LC to interface with the VMS MP card The MP stores call information for stations and provides the RS 232C ports for a VMS...

Page 466: ...ations and provides the RS 232C ports for a VMS The AP00 keeps supervising the status of the VMS If the VMS is not ready for information receiving Busy Status the AP00 temporarily stores the call information into its internal memory The AP00 stores call information of a maximum of 16 calls LC card The LC is used for the VMS stations The UCD or Station Hunting feature is usually provided with the V...

Page 467: ...ne Telephone with Message Waiting Lamp Dterm Attendant Console UCD Group or Hunting Group TRK NETWORK DLC Digital Line Circuit Card LC Analog Line Circuit Card MP Main Processor Card TRK COT DTI PRT BRT Card VMS Voice Mail System TDSW Time Division Switch RS 232C Cable MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OUTLINE ...

Page 468: ...hone with Message Waiting Lamp Dterm Attendant Console UCD Group or Hunting Group RS 232C Cable TRK NETWORK AP00 MCI I O Port Card DLC Digital Line Circuit Card LC Analog Line Circuit Card MP Main Processor Card TRK COT DTI PRT BRT Card VMS Voice Mail System TDSW Time Division Switch MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OUTLINE ...

Page 469: ...RS RVS 4S CA A RS RVS 15S CA A or RS NORM 4S CA A Voice Mail System 2 MCI with AP00 AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program LC card for VMS station Single Line Telephone with MW lamp 8LC or 4LCD card RS RVS 4S CA A RS RVS 15S CA A or RS NORM 4S CA A Voice Mail System JULY 01 2006 MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI HARDWARE REQUIRED ...

Page 470: ...ture is not avail able when the call is received from the CCIS trunk to the VMS When the station trunk Attendant leaves a message in the VMS the VMS sends a Message Waiting lamp ON data for the appropriate station through the PBX After the station retrieves the messages the VMS sends a Message Waiting lamp OFF data for the appropriate station through the PBX MCI System Operation MCI with MP LC DLC...

Page 471: ... in the following pages LC DLC PBX TDSW MP AP00 VMS Single Line Dterm UCD Group or Hunting Group RS 232C Cable TRK NETWORK Message Waiting lamp on off data LC LC Telephone Call Forwarding Set Connection Status data 1 2 1 Forwarded Call from a trunk 2 Direct Call from a station MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 472: ...TTERNS STA A STA B STA A calls STA B set For warding All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS STA A STA A calls the VMS directly STA A STA B After terminating a call from STA A to the VMS and trans ferring the call to STA B STA A recalls the VMS Continued on next page STA A STA B VMS CF STA A VMS STA A VMS STA B Recall Transfer MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 473: ...G PATTERNS ATT STA B ATT calls STA B set Call For warding All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS ATT ATT calls the VMS directly STA A STA B After holding a call from STA C STA A calls STA B set Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS Continued on next page ATT STA B VMS CF ATT VMS STA A STA B VMS CF STA C MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 474: ...A A STA C After holding a call from STA C STA A calls the VMS directly STA A STA B After holding a call from TRK STA A calls STA B set Call Forwarding All Call Busy Line No Answer to the VMS STA A TRK After holding a call from TRK STA A calls the VMS directly Continued on next page STA A VMS CF STA C STA A STA B VMS CF TRK STA A VMS TRK MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 475: ...ERNS TRK STA B A TRK party calls STA B set Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS TRK A TRK party calls the VMS directly TRK STA B After terminating a call from TRK to the VMS and transfer ring the call to STA B TRK recalls to the VMS Continued on next page STA B VMS CF TRK VMS TRK STA B VMS TRK Transfer Recall MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 476: ...ward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS STA C STA D In CCIS application STA C calls STA D set Call Forward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer to STA B The call is forwarded to the VMS by the Multiple Call Forwarding STA C In CCIS application STA C calls the VMS directly Continued on next page STA B VMS CF TRK STA C TRK CCIS STA B VMS CF TRK STA C TRK CCIS STA D CF VMS TRK STA C TRK CCIS M...

Page 477: ...calls STA B set Call Forward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer to the VMS TRK1 In CCIS application a TRK1 party dials the VMS directly TRK1 STA D In CCIS application a TRK1 party calls STA D set Call For warding All Calls Busy Line No Answer to STA B The call is forwarded to the VMS by the Multiple Call Forwarding STA B VMS CF TRK STA C TRK CCIS STA D VMS TRK3 TRK2 CCIS TRK1 CF CF VMS TRK3 TRK2 CC...

Page 478: ...om the VMS the Message Waiting lamps of the called stations turn on or off When the same Message Waiting lamp control data produces on Dterm the call indicator lamp on the Dterm turns on and the MSG is displayed on the Dterm as follows MSG 9 21 AM WED 8 MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI SYSTEM OPERATION ...

Page 479: ...e features are already programmed Station Number Data Loading The AP00 stores the station number data loaded from the MP When station numbers have been added deleted or changed by CM10 the station number data must be reloaded to the AP00 by the following pro cedure 1 Flip the MB switch of the AP00 to UP position 2 Return the MB switch to DOWN position 3 The AP00 START message is printed if a print...

Page 480: ...green color when the AP is in active When you install the AP00 the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch setting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 04 AP00 card On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 ...

Page 481: ...n The RUN lamp flashes on green color when the AP is in active When you install the AP00 the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch setting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 45 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be s...

Page 482: ... 25 is effective only when CM08 443 is set to 0 1 2 Y 25 X XXXXXXXX Station No VMS station 0 VMS with DTMF 3 VMS with MCI Specify MSG display on the Dterm 1 2 025 0 MSG only 1 MSG X X Number of message Specify Message Waiting control from VMS with MCI to all stations NOTE MW lamp control is only available to the stations in the opposite PBX connected with CCIS via MCI Station dialing MW access cod...

Page 483: ...lamp on a Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1005 Assign the calling party number sent to MCI when accessing VMS from a sub line assigned on Dterm 1 2 Y 34 00 63 Tenant No 0 Sub Line station No 1 My Line station No Assign the connection port for MCI 1 2 Y 01 01 Connection port for MCI 0 RS0 on MP 1 RS1 on MP 2 PN AP00 B with MRCA program Series 3300 software required PN AP00 D with MRCA...

Page 484: ... 01 06 08 See the following table See the following table NOTE The data should be assigned depending on the attribute of the VMS B CM08 CM40 Initial Data Y 1st DATA 2nd DATA No MEANING DATA PORT LOCATION No DATA MEANING 01 Data length 0 1 Port 0 Port 1 0 1 7 bit 8 bit 02 Parity check 0 1 Port 0 Port 1 0 1 Effective Ineffective 03 Kind of parity 0 1 Port 0 Port 1 0 1 Even parity Odd parity 04 Stop ...

Page 485: ...m the network do the following programming DESCRIPTION DATA Provide sending of ANI information from net work to the VMS with MCI 1 2 Y 138 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To send For MCI with MP specify the MCI message format sent to the VMS from the MP RS 232C port as Format with ANI 1 2 709 0 Format with ANI C CM35 CM08 END MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI PROGRAMMING ...

Page 486: ...ding on the attribute of the VMS NOTE 3 To send the text to the VMS successively assign the guard timer D CMD000 CMD001 AP00 INITIAL FIRST DATA 1 MEANING SECOND DATA 2 MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data speed 2 3 4 5 NOTE 1 1200 2400 4800 9600 bps NOTE 2 21 25 29 33 Stop bit length 0 1 2 1 1 5 2 bits NOTE 2 22 26 30 34 Data length 0 1 7 8 bits NOTE 2 23 27 31 35 Parity 0 1 2 None...

Page 487: ...sent from the network do the following programming DESCRIPTION DATA Provide sending of ANI information from net work to the VMS with MCI 1 2 Y 138 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To send For MCI with AP00 specify the message for mat sent to the VMS with MCI as Format with ANI 1 2 36 1 Format with ANI E CM35 CMD001 END MESSAGE CENTER INTERFACE MCI PROGRAMMING ...

Page 488: ... when the AP00 card is reset 6 digit station number in the message for mat to communicate with the VMS Format without ANI Timer for detecting the end of block 1 sec ond Guard timer between text 512 640 ms 1 2 100 Port 0 101 Port 1 102 Port 2 103 Port 3 10 MCI To change the interface condition of each port set by CMDD01 assign the attribute data ac cording to the VMS 1 2 X01 Data Speed for Port 0 3...

Page 489: ...ort 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 48 0 1 2 X06 Unit Address UA for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 32 Space No information 33 1 2 X07 Sending the text Message Waiting control text sending is available to the VMS when the AP00 card is reset X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 To send 1 Not sent 1 2 X08 Number of digits for station number in the message format to communi cate with the VMS X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 6 digit 1 8 digit G CMDD10 H ME...

Page 490: ...th ANI NOTE To send the text to the VMS succes sively assign the guard timer 1 2 X17 Guard Timer between texts for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 No Timer control 1 0 128 ms 2 128 256 ms 3 256 384 ms 4 384 512 ms 5 512 640 ms DESCRIPTION DATA Provide sending of ANI information from net work to the VMS with MCI NOTE To provide ANI information be sure to set CMDD10 X09 2nd data is set as Format with ANI ...

Page 491: ...g on BT Connec tion 1 Step Call 148 Same Last Digit Redialing on BT Connection 1 Ineffective Provide the system with Single Digit Feature Access Code on RBT or Voice Call Connec tion 1 2 156 0 Available Provide the system with Single Digit Feature Access Code on busy Connection 1 2 208 0 Available Provide the system with the automatic cancel of Message Reminder while the called station rings 1 2 2...

Page 492: ...X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Message Reminder in Service Restric tion Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 47 Message Reminder Setting Side Y 48 Message Reminder Set Side 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Message Reminder Search Retrieve Set or Cancel 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access ...

Page 493: ...Back 1 2 Y 150 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide 1 Not Provided Assign the number of memory block which is used for CID Call Back for each Dterm station 1 2 Y 38 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A XXXX ZZ XXXX 0000 1016 Start Block No ZZ Number of Memory Block for CID Call Back 01 8 blocks 02 16 blocks 03 24 blocks NONE 4 blocks DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the date displ...

Page 494: ...tern number for adding an access code for outgoing call to the calling number stored by Message Reminder when terminating a tandem call via CCIS 1 2 Y 279 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 7 Pattern No 0 7 NONE No data Provide the trunk route with the CID Call Back 1 2 Y 150 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide Assign the Pattern number for adding an access code for outgoing call to the calling number stored by...

Page 495: ... Message Waiting Dterm or Single Line Telephone with Message Waiting Lamp 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Assign an Access Code for Message Waiting Set Reset Retrieve 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A040 MW Lamp Control Set A041 MW Lamp Control Reset A147 MW Retrieve Assign the Message Front destination of the MW retrieve call from the station to which Message Wai...

Page 496: ... answers 1 2 233 0 Available To reset Message Waiting indication while the Message Front station or attendant rings set the data for 234 to 0 1 2 234 0 Available To reset Message Waiting indication when the desired station answers a second call from the Message Front station or attendant set the data for 235 to 0 1 2 235 0 Available Assign the Message Waiting function key to required Dterm and the...

Page 497: ...LC card if required DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the Message Waiting key to DESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6101 Message Waiting F6104 Reset Select the Dial Tone on setting Message Wait ing 1 2 Y 2 12 Dial Tone on setting Message Waiting 0 Special Dial Tone Stutter Dial Tone 1 Dial Tone B CM90 CM48 END MESSAGE WAITING ...

Page 498: ...fy the ICI key for Attendant Console to which a CCSA incoming call from the CCSA network will terminate 1 2 Y 15 00 63 Trunk Route No ICI key 30 37 CCSA Incoming Call 0 7 Assign the ICI key to the DESKCON to which a CCSA incoming call will terminate 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 key No ICI key F6030 F6037 Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 7 Assign the CCSA access code 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group...

Page 499: ...ace trunk COT card and DK card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The DK card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT Slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No D000 D255 COT card E800 E831 DK card For FP No 00 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For FP No 02 E816 E823 For FP No 03 E824 E831 NOTE 2 Circuit No 3 of E...

Page 500: ...nd of Route 00 63 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 01 Type of Signal to be sent out 00 63 Trunk Route No 2 DP 4 DTMF 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending 00 63 Trunk Route No 3 To send Assign the paging function to the DK card 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No of DK card 313 Built in External Equipment Interface of MP card 02 XX Zone assigned by CM30 Y 28 XX 00 09 Speaker...

Page 501: ... 2 Y 00 Trunk route allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No Dedicated route number for this service should be assigned 1 2 Y 01 Tenant allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No Assign the route data to the trunk route speci fied by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 Kind of Route 00 63 Trunk Route No 05 1 2 Y 01 Type of Signal to be sent out 00 63 Trunk Route No 4 DTMF 1 2 Y 08 Dial Pulse Sending 00 63...

Page 502: ...aling assign an FX line to the required trunk routes as shown below NOTE For assigning the Class of Service for this feature refer to CLASS OF SERVICE Page 211 DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an FX line to the required trunk route 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 FX line START CM35 END MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCESS FOREIGN EXCHANGE FX ACCESS ...

Page 503: ... D255 Trunk No Assign Service Restriction Class A for Paging Access to the required stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Paging Access in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 08 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the timing for canceling the Paging Answer capability 1 2 Y 0 20 01 15 60 900 ...

Page 504: ...ic Call Back when paging station is busy through non delay op eration 0 Available 1 Not available 1 2 157 Access Code for Paging Access and Answer 0 Same 1 Different 1 2 162 Multiple Radio Paging Access after accessing a radio paging trunk with delay type Radio Paging 0 Not available 1 Available A CM08 B When CM08 157 0 Same Page 489 When CM08 157 1 Different Page 487 D MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCESS ...

Page 505: ... Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Assign the data for Radio Paging to the desired trunk number 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 9 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Z Kind of Paging 1 No Answer 3 Non Delay Answer 5 Non Delay or Delay Answer 6 No Answer and Automatic Dialing of Calling Party s No B CM20 CM30 C MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ...

Page 506: ... 63 Trunk Route No 3 Dial pulses are sent out 1 2 Y 13 Maximum number of sending digits 00 63 Trunk Route No 000 Only dialed No is sent 001 004 1 digit 4 digits of Radio No and calling station No 005 254 2 digits of Radio Paging No and calling station No NOTE NOTE To send a calling station No au tomatically the data for CM30 Y 28 must be set to X6 C CM35 D MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCESS RADIO PAGING E...

Page 507: ...o the trunk number assigned by CM10 CM14 as follows 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 50 59 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 28 Zone Kind of Paging 000 255 Trunk No X Z X 0 9 Paging Answer Zone 0 9 Z Type of Paging 1 No Answer 3 Non Delay 5 Non Delay or Delay Answer 6 No Answer and Automatic Dialing of Calling Party s No D CM20 CM30 PagingAnswer Trunk Route 0 50 9 59 E MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCES...

Page 508: ...g to Radio Paging Equip ment 50 59 Trunk Route No 3 Dial pulses are sent out 1 2 Y 13 Maximum number of sending digits 50 59 Trunk Route No 000 Only dialed No is sent 001 004 1 digit 4 digits of Radio No and calling station No 005 254 2 digits of Radio Paging No and calling station No NOTE NOTE To send a calling station No au tomatically the data for CM30 Y 28 must be set to X6 E CM35 END MISCELLA...

Page 509: ...g assign an WATS line to the required trunk route as shown below NOTE For assigning the Class of Service for this feature refer to CLASS OF SERVICE Page 211 DESCRIPTION DATA Assign a WATS line to the required trunk route 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Trunk Route No 05 02 WATS line START CM35 END MISCELLANEOUS TRUNK ACCESS WIDE AREA TELEPHONE SERVICE WATS ACCESS ...

Page 510: ...trunk numbers assigned by CM07 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Y 03 Night Mode Y 40 Mode A Y 41 Mode B 000 255 Trunk No assigned by CM07 Y 01 18 ISDN Indial Assign the data for DID to the trunk routes as signed by CM30 1 2 Y 00 Kind of Trunk 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 DID 1 2 Y 02 OG IC 00 63 Trunk Route No 3 Bothway Trunk 1 2 Y 05 Release Signal Condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Release signal arrives 1 2 Y 09 Inc...

Page 511: ... 3 digits 3 4 digits 1 2 Y 78 Number of digits to be converted for Development Table 0 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Leading 2 4 digits 1 All digits of DID are converted by CM76 1 2 Y 171 Number of digits to be converted for Development Table 1 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 08 1 8 digits 15 4 digits Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 0 1 2 Y 00 X XXXX DID No 000 999 Number Conversi...

Page 512: ... Tenant of called station Assign the destination of DID call transferred when the station is busy unassigned no an swer NOTE The 1st data is set to the tenant No of called station 1 2 Y 00 No Answer Y 03 Busy Y 06 Unassigned 00 63 Tenant No Destination X XXXXXXXX Station No E000 Attendant Console Provide release of ISDN trunk when receiving the ISDN DISCONNECT message with Progress Description 08 ...

Page 513: ...f ISDN trunk when receiving the ISDN DISCONNECT message with Progress Description 08 from ISDN because the called party is busy in tandem connection ISDN to ISDN NOTE 1 2 Y 233 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide Provide relay of the ALERT message to the calling party in tandem connection ISDN to ISDN NOTE 1 2 Y 266 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide C CM35 END JANUARY 20 2006 MOBILITY ACCESS ...

Page 514: ...2 0 Restricted 1 Allow Assign the following Mobility Access function to each DID Number For MA termination 1 2nd data 0 For MA mode setting 1 2nd data 1 For MA mode cancel 1 2nd data 2 For MA station Same number of MA station 2nd data 7 1 2 Y 41 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 To use Mobility Access termination 1 To set Mobility Access Mode 2 To cancel Mobility Access...

Page 515: ...XXX Authorization Code NOTE The maximum number of digits for Authorization Code is set by CM42 73 Specify the number of digits for Station Autho rization Code 1 2 73 01 08 1 8 digits NONE 4 digits DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an access code for Mobility Access 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A256 Mobility Access Mode Set A257 Mobility Access Mode Cancel Assign the function key of ...

Page 516: ...2 Y 50 X XXXXXXXX Mobility Access Station No X XX XX Mobile phone No Maximum 26 digits NOTE 1 Station number cannot be as signed to 2nd data NOTE 2 When the mobile phone number has been already assigned to oth er station number ASSIGNED ALREADY is displayed NOTE 3 Outgoing Trunk Access Code 1 4 digits must be assigned by CM64 Y 10 START CME6 END JANUARY 20 2006 MOBILITY ACCESS ...

Page 517: ... ISDN subscriber number to a Mobil ity Access station 1 2 Y 12 X XXXXXXXX Mobility Access Station No X XXXXXXXX ISDN subscriber No Assign an ISDN Local Office Code Table to a Mobility Access station 1 2 Y 13 X XXXXXXXX Mobility Access Station No 00 14 ISDN Local Office Code Table No 15 Not used ISDN Local Office Code Table Assign an ISDN Local Office Code to a Mobil ity Access station 1 2 Y 05 00 ...

Page 518: ...er Tone Pattern 2 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 4 Ringer Tone Pattern 4 5 Ringer Tone Pattern 5 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 7 As per CM35 Y 34 164 Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 00 63 Trunk Route No See the table below START CM76 CM35 Y 34 Y 164 0 Y 164 1 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 2 Ringer Tone P...

Page 519: ...e Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 2 Ringer Tone 2 600 700 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 660 760 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 3 Ringer Tone 3 1024 Hz E...

Page 520: ...cess Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call Forwarding All Calls of Mobility Access call in Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 NOTE This command is set to the Mobility Access station 1 2 Y 218 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign Service Restriction Class C to each sta tion 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Mobility Access Station No 0...

Page 521: ...nnection Restriction of Inter tenant Connection Call Forwarding All Calls Split Call Forwarding All Calls Call Forwarding All Calls of Mobility Access Call Forwarding All Calls of Mobility Access Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote PIM in survival mode CID Call Routing per each sta tion Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote PIM in survival mode CID Call Routing per each sta tion Alternative ...

Page 522: ...M12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Call Forwarding Busy Line Set and Cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A014 Call Forwarding Busy Line Set A015 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel 1 2 For setting the same access code as Call Forwarding No Answer X XXXX Access Code 6 6 A012 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy Line Set A013 Call Forwarding No Answer Busy L...

Page 523: ...DN network when the 2nd line is re leased by Mobility Access hooking 1 2 676 0 As per CM08 677 1 CALL PROC DISC Specify the output message which is sent from PBX to ISDN network when the 2nd line is re leased by Mobility Access hooking NOTE This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CM08 676 is set to 0 1 2 677 0 CALL PROC ALERT DISC 1 CALL PROC ALERT CONNECT DISC START CM08 END NOVEMBER 15 ...

Page 524: ...sing 1 2 Y 225 00 63 Trunk Route No X XXXXXX Area Code X 0 9 A B Provide Mobility Access Prefix 1 2 Y 284 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide When receiving Country Code assigned by CM35 Y 224 and Area Code assigned by CM35 Y 225 1 To provide When not receiving Country Code assigned by CM35 Y 224 and Area Code assigned by CM35 Y 225 Assign Local Area Code and Mobility Access Prefix 1 2 Y 12 0 X XXXX...

Page 525: ... 1 2 Y 71 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Attendant Position Assign the required number of Loop ICI In coming Call Identification and OPR Opera tor Call lines to the Virtual LEN NOTE Usually ICI OPR numbers are as signed on a per Attendant Position Group 1 2 000 255 Virtual LEN Series 3300 software or before 0000 1019 Virtual LEN Series 3400 software or later AA X Y Loop...

Page 526: ... call queuing facility individu ally 1 2 Y 1 AB00 AB99 ICI OPR Line No 1 Pilot station 1 2 Y 2 AB00 AB09 ICI OPR Line No 00 15 UCD Group No NOTE Individual UCD Group number must be assigned to each ICI OPR Line number Assign the access code for Priority Call 0 used for Attendant Position access 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Attendant Position Access Code A088 Assign the destination of ...

Page 527: ...e Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 60 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the Loop keys to each Dterm and assign the function keys required for the Attendant Position to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No AA01 AA75 Loop Key AB00 AB99 ICI OPR Key F1020 Release Key F1080 Do Not Disturb Override F0300 Operator Call Key F1300 F1363 Night Key Specify...

Page 528: ...E100 E131 can be assigned without limit as shown right 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E100 E131 DSS Console No For FP No 00 E100 E107 For FP No 01 E108 E115 For FP No 02 E116 E123 For FP No 03 E124 E131 Assign the My Line number of the Attendant Position associated with each DSS Console 1 2 00 31 DSS Console No assigned by CM10 CM14 E100 E131 X XXXXXXXX My Line No of Atten dant ...

Page 529: ...ll to Dterm Attendant Position to which Night Mode is set 1 2 Y 09 00 63 Tenant No NONE No data DESCRIPTION DATA Allow the call termination to Dterm Attendant Position to which Night Mode is set 1 2 Y 56 X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 Allowed Provide the Attendant Night Transfer when a station trunk call is terminated to Dterm Atten dant Position to which Night Mode is set 1 2 576 0 To provide Assign the...

Page 530: ... OPR Line Operator Call from Stations OPR Line No AB10 OVR Key Executive Override NT Key Night Key 4 Number of Loop 5 Loop Line No AA01 AA05 5 Tenant No 00 6 Numbering Plan Group 0 7 Type of Dterm DTP 16D 1 WATS ICI Keys L1 L5 DDD FX CCSA TIE RLS OPR 200 OVR NT Release Key Operator Call Key My Line Executive Override Night Key Speaker Answer Transfer Hold OVR NT L5 CCSA DDD FX OPR 200 TIE RLS L3 L...

Page 531: ...00 1500 Service Class for Attendant Position AB10 1501 AB20 1501 AB21 1501 AB22 1501 AB23 1501 AB24 1501 12 03 AA01 08 AA02 08 AA03 08 Service Class for Loop Line AA04 08 AA05 08 AB10 04 AB20 04 AB21 04 AB22 04 Hotline Assignment AB23 04 AB24 04 200 15 15 071 00 0 Attendant Position Class 15 073 01 0 ICI OPR Key Class 17 1 AB10 1 AB20 1 AB21 1 Assign UCD Pilot Station to the ICI OPR AB22 1 Line Nu...

Page 532: ...04 DIT 004 04 005 04 006 04 30 04 000 AB20 001 AB20 002 AB20 003 AB20 Incoming Call Termination to ICI Line 004 AB20 005 AB21 006 AB22 90 00 200 01 AA01 200 02 AA02 200 03 AA03 LOOP Key 200 04 AA04 200 05 AA05 200 07 F0006 OVR Key 200 08 F1300 NT Key 200 09 AB20 DDD Key 200 10 AB21 FX Key 200 11 AB22 WATS Key 200 12 AB23 CCSA Key 200 13 AB24 TIE Key 200 14 F1020 RLS Key 200 15 AB10 OPR Key 200 16 ...

Page 533: ...an French 03 Spanish Latin Spanish 04 Portuguese Brazilian Portu guese 05 German 06 Italian 07 Netherlandish 08 French Europe 09 Spanish Europe 10 Portuguese Europe 11 Swedish 12 Danish 13 Catalan Europe Series 3800 software re quired NONE As per CM04 Y 00 00 Specify whether the monetary unit for ISDN call charge is displayed or not NOTE When setting the second data to 1 and CM04 Y 00 00 is set to...

Page 534: ...azilian Portuguese 05 German 06 Italian 07 Netherlandish 08 French Europe 09 Spanish Europe 10 Portuguese Europe 11 Swedish 12 Danish 13 Catalan Europe Series 3800 software required 31 As per CM04 Y 00 00 Specify whether the monetary unit for ISDN call charge is displayed or not NOTE When setting the second data to 1 and CM04 Y 00 00 is set to 01 31 is displayed 1 2 820 0 Monetary unit is not disp...

Page 535: ...ian French 3 Spanish Latin Spanish 4 Portuguese Brazilian Portuguese 5 German 6 Italian 7 English Series 3300 software or later 00 Japanese 01 English 02 French Canadian French 03 Spanish Latin Spanish 04 Portuguese Brazilian Portuguese 05 German 06 Italian 07 Netherlandish 08 French Europe 09 Spanish Europe 10 Portuguese Europe 11 Swedish 12 Danish 13 Catalan Europe Series 3800 software required ...

Page 536: ...ith LCD and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Specify whether the monetary unit for ISDN call charge is displayed or not NOTE When setting the second data to 1 and CM04 Y 00 00 is set to 01 31 is displayed 1 2 820 0 Monetary unit is not displayed 1 As per CM04 Y 00 00 A CM08 END NOVEMBER 15 2006 MULTIPLE LANGUAGE DISPLAY ...

Page 537: ...rmIP this data setting is not effective DtermIP uses the tone source in IP Adapter Minuet 1 2 Y 3 01 00 Nocturne 01 Minuet 02 Fur Elise 03 The Maiden s Prayer 04 When the saints go marching in 05 It s a small world 06 Spring by four seasons 07 Let it be 08 Ich bin ein Musikante German folk song 09 If you love me 10 Amaryllis French folk song NONE Minuet Define the type of call to be provided with ...

Page 538: ... the MP card DESCRIPTION DATA Define the type of call to be provided with Hold Tone NOTE Set the JP1 switch on the MP card to RIGHT position for using external tone source 1 2 Y 0 00 C O Line Call 01 Tie Line Call 02 Internal Call 1400 Hold Tone Source through MP card START CM48 END MUSIC ON HOLD ...

Page 539: ...by setting CM44 Assign the COT and DK for interface with Ex ternal Hold Tone Source to required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The DK card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot NOTE 2 The COT card number must be as signed for each tenant One Exter nal Hold Tone Source can be provided per tenant 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 0...

Page 540: ...ernal Hold Tone for Music on Hold Define the type of call to be provided with Ex ternal Hold Tone 1 2 Y 0 00 C O Line Call 01 Tie Line Call 02 Station 0200 External Hold Tone Source Specify External Hold Tone Source per each tenant 1 2 Y 1 00 63 Tenant No 00 09 External Hold Tone Source No Specify which tenant External Hold Tone is sent from 1 2 388 0 Tenant of held station trunk 1 Tenant of holdi...

Page 541: ...uncement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN Level 6 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No EB002 EB127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No For FP No 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built ...

Page 542: ...nouncement Trunk Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 EB002 EB127 05XX Message on Hold XX 00 63 Message No 1 2 Y 05 00 63 Tenant No 00 63 Message No assigned by CM49 Y 00 To record replay and delete a message assign the appropriate Digital Announcement Trunk access code respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A100 Record A101 Replay A102 Delete A CM49 CM20 END MUSIC ON HOLD ...

Page 543: ... required NOTE 1 The TNT card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot NOTE 2 The TNT card number must be as signed for each tenant One Exter nal Hold Tone Source can be provided per tenant 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No DA00 DA09 TNT Card No Define the type of call to be provided with External Hold Tone 1 2 Y 0 00 C O Line Call...

Page 544: ...rd or MP card built in External Equipment Interface External Hold Tone Source provided locally To provide Message on Hold by Digital Announcement Trunk DAT card or MP card built in DAT To provide the External Hold Tone Source through the TNT card TNT card or through Pin Jack on MP card External Tone Source provided locally MUSIC ON HOLD ...

Page 545: ...SCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with Attendant Night Transfer 1 2 018 Attendant Night Transfer 1 Available Assign the Night Station to each ATTCON Group 1 2 Y 13 00 03 ATTCON Group 0 3 assigned by CM60 Y 00 X XXXXXXXX Night Station No START CM08 CM51 END NIGHT SERVICE ATTENDANT NIGHT TRANSFER ...

Page 546: ...ALL REROUTING PROGRAMMING Refer to the following DIRECT INWARD DIALING DID Page 297 DIRECT INWARD TERMINATION DIT Page 321 NIGHT CONNECTION FLEXIBLE Page 538 TRUNK ANSWER ANY STATION TAS Page 543 TIE LINES Page 688 NIGHT SERVICE CALL REROUTING ...

Page 547: ... to be terminated by DIT in Day Mode Night Mode Mode A Mode B respectively 1 2 Y 04 Day Mode Y 05 Night Mode Y 42 Mode A Y 43 Mode B 000 255 Trunk No X XXXXXXXX Station No When using Mode A or Mode B assign the ter minating system Mode change 1 2 Y 29 00 63 Tenant No 0 Two kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode 1 Four kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode Mode A Mode B Assign Service Restriction B to each ...

Page 548: ...t Mode Change by Station Dialing Assign the Day Night Mode Change by Tenant key on the Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1300 F1363 Day NightModeChangeby Tenant 00 63 To the key which is set by CM90 Y 00 F13XX specify the call indicator lamp control as not available 1 2 Y 05 My Line No Key No 0 Not available Assign the Day Night Mode Change by Tenant key on the DSS Console if required ...

Page 549: ...r the four kinds of mode change per each tenant 1 2 Y 29 00 63 Tenant No 0 Two kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode 1 Four kinds of mode Day Mode Night Mode Mode A Mode B Assign whether the Trunk Restriction Class is changed according to the schedule of Day Night Mode Change by System Clock 1 2 Y 36 00 63 Tenant No 0 Provide Day Mode Night Mode only 1 Not provided NOTE In four kinds of mode change th...

Page 550: ...ant No 00 Default Pattern No 0 01 Default Pattern No 1 02 Default Pattern No 2 03 Default Pattern No 3 Assign the calendar number to each tenant number 1 2 Y 00 00 63 Tenant No 00 03 Calendar No 1 4 Assign the week schedule number to the date to change schedule in each calendar number assigned by CM4A Y 00 1 2 Y 01 Calendar No 1 Y 02 Calendar No 2 Y 03 Calendar No 3 Y 04 Calendar No 4 XX ZZ Date X...

Page 551: ...chedule No 4 25 Time Schedule No 5 26 Time Schedule No 6 27 Time Schedule No 7 NONE Week Schedule No 0 Assign the time schedule number to each day in the week schedule assigned by CM4A Y 01 04 1 2 Y 10 Week Schedule No 0 Y 11 Week Schedule No 1 Y 12 Week Schedule No 2 Y 13 Week Schedule No 3 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday 20 Time Schedule No 0 21 Time Schedu...

Page 552: ... 2 Y 20 Time Schedule No 0 Y 21 Time Schedule No 1 Y 22 Time Schedule No 2 Y 23 Time Schedule No 3 Y 24 Time Schedule No 4 Y 25 Time Schedule No 5 Y 26 Time Schedule No 6 Y 27 Time Schedule No 7 XX ZZ Time XX 00 23 Hour ZZ 00 55 Minute NOTE 1 NOTE 2 00 Day Mode 01 Night Mode 02 Mode A 03 Mode B NONE Day Mode To cancel the Day Night Mode Change by System Clock temporarily assign the external key as...

Page 553: ... the schedule set by each Default Pattern Summary of Default Pattern Continued on next page Tenant No Calendar No 1 4 00 63 Week Schedule X Week Schedule X 1 1 12 31 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Time Schedule 7 Time Schedule X Time Schedule X Time Schedule X Time Schedule X Time Schedule X Time Schedule 7 Week Schedule X DEFAULT Pattern NO 0 3 Night Mode Day Mode Night ...

Page 554: ...ay Mode for time schedule No 0 20 1700 2355 01 17 00 24 00 is Night Mode for time schedule No 0 27 0000 2355 01 0 00 24 00 is Night Mode for time schedule No 7 CM4A Y No 1ST 2ND MEANING OF SETTING 00 00 63 01 Calendar No 2 is used for the tenant 02 0101 1231 11 Week schedule No 1 is used for all date 11 1 5 21 Time schedule No 1 is used for Monday through Friday 11 0 6 27 Time schedule No 7 is use...

Page 555: ...ay Mode for time schedule No 2 22 1700 2355 01 17 00 24 00 is Night Mode for time schedule No 2 27 0000 2355 01 0 00 24 00 is Night Mode for time schedule No 7 CM4A Y No 1ST 2ND MEANING OF SETTING 00 00 63 03 Calendar No 4 is used for the tenant 04 0101 1231 13 Week schedule No 3 is used for all date 13 1 5 23 Time schedule No 3 is used for Monday through Friday 13 0 6 27 Time schedule No 7 is use...

Page 556: ...tation is busy 000 255 Trunk No 01 To TAS 04 To Attendant Console 06 Automatic Camp On 15 Keep the call ringing until the station becomes idle 1 2 Y 16 When Night Connection Station is no answer 000 255 Trunk No 01 To Attendant Console 03 To TAS 15 Keep the call ringing until the station answers Specify the timing for a call forwarding when the Connection Station is no answer NOTE This timing is a...

Page 557: ...verflow for TAS Queue 1 2 Y 0 42 01 99 4 396 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 28 32 sec onds When a call is forwarded to the VMS station Attendant Console by Overflow for TAS Queue assign the Call Forwarding setting sta tion number which is sent to the destination 1 2 Y 30 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXXXX Station No When a Digital Announcement Trunk is set as the dest...

Page 558: ...by CM76 Y 00 90 D13 TAS Specify whether the incoming call of each DID number is restricted by Queue Limit for TAS NOTE When there are two or more DID numbers for one tenant and if you want to set the Queue Limit only for one DID number set 0 to the DID number and set 3 for the other DID numbers If you want to set the Queue Limit for one DID number and the other DID numbers concurrently set 0 to th...

Page 559: ... Digital Announcement Trunk is set as the destination of Call Forwarding set the function of the Digital Announcement Trunk as announcement service for Queue Limit for TAS 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No EB002 EB127 as signed by CM10 CM14 1800 Announcement Service for Queue Limit for TAS Provide the system with reset of the Queue Limit counter fo...

Page 560: ...ination of Call Forwarding DAT card or MP card built in DAT DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the timing of Call Forwarding by Queue Limit for TAS 1 2 Y 0 42 01 99 4 396 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 28 32 sec onds B CM41 END NIGHT SERVICE QUEUE LIMIT FOR TAS ...

Page 561: ...red stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow TAS service in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 53 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the TAS to the terminating system in Day Night Mode Mode A Mode B for re quired trunks 1 2 Y 02 Day Mode Y 03 Night Mode Y 40 Mode A Y 41 Mode B 000 255 Trunk No...

Page 562: ...to 0 Received Dig its Conversion is to be provided 1 2 Y 01 Day Mode Y 02 Night Mode Y 03 Mode A Y 04 Mode B 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 X XXXXXXXX Station No to be termi nated DXX Change Terminating System to D03 Trunk Direct Appearances TAS D13 TAS A CM76 B NIGHT SERVICE TRUNK ANSWER ANY STATION TAS ...

Page 563: ...type of TAS TAS Answer A E assigned by CM53 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A047 TAS Answer A A048 TAS Answer B A049 TAS Answer C A050 TAS Answer D A051 TAS Answer E Specify the tenants allowing TAS Answer be tween them 1 2 Y 0 XX ZZ XX 00 63 Tenant No of TAS Answer sta tion ZZ 00 63 Tenant No of Trunk 0 Allow 1 Restricted B CM53 1 Y 0 1 3 4 7 0 TAS Answer A 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0...

Page 564: ...No 00 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For FP No 02 E816 E823 For FP No 03 E824 E831 Specify ON OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start Assign the TAS Group number assigned by CM30 Y 17 to circuit number of DK card NOTE MP built in External Equipment In terface is not available for Ex...

Page 565: ...N DATA Assign the TAS Buzzer number Telephone set for TAS Indication to required LEN The TAS Buzzer number must correspond to the TAS Group number assigned by CM30 Y 17 E600 E663 TAS Group 00 63 1 2 000 763 LEN E600 E663 TAS Buzzer No Assign the TAS Buzzer number Telephone set for TAS Indication to required LEN The TAS Buzzer number must correspond to the TAS Group number assigned by CM30 Y 17 Ser...

Page 566: ... For Day Mode Y 35 For Night Mode Mode A Mode B 000 999 Block No 0 Specified when reason of the incom ing call with no CLI is privacy 1 Specified for all incoming calls with no CLI 3 Not specified Assign the specification of the call terminating method for DID incoming call with no CLI 1 2 Y 34 For Day Mode Y 36 For Night Mode Mode A Mode B 000 999 Block No 0 To transfer to the DAT another station...

Page 567: ...An nouncement Trunk No 1 2 Y 00 000 127 Digital Announcement Trunk No assigned by CM51 Y 33 2200 Announcement Service for no Caller ID NONE No data Specify the duration of an Announcement for no Caller ID NOTE If the destination of call forwarding is assigned for Digital Announce ment Trunk by CM51 Y 33 when time out occurs the trunk is released 1 2 Y 0 45 Announcement Service Timer 01 99 0 4 seco...

Page 568: ...TE 1 This command is effective when CM76 YY 34 36 is set to 0 or 2 and Dterm receives the incoming call NOTE 2 For details of the Ringer Tone Pat tern see CM65 Y 40 1 2 Y 39 000 999 Block No 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 2 Ringer Tone Pattern 2 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 4 Ringer Tone Pattern 4 5 Ringer Tone Pattern 5 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 7 As per CM76 Y 23 Specify a kind of call...

Page 569: ...de Y 256 For Night Mode Mode A Mode B 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Specified when reason of the incom ing call with no CLI is privacy 1 Specified for all incoming call with no CLI 3 Not specified Assign the specification of the call terminating method for incoming call with no CLI 1 2 Y 255 For Day Mode Y 257 For Night Mode Mode A Mode B 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To transfer to the DAT another station Atte...

Page 570: ...hen CM51 Y 33 is set to Digital An nouncement Trunk No 1 2 Y 00 000 127 Digital Announcement Trunk No assigned by CM51 Y 33 2200 Announcement Service for no Caller ID NONE No data Specify the duration of an Announcement for no Caller ID NOTE If the destination of call forwarding is assigned for Digital Announce ment Trunk by CM51 Y 33 when time out occurs the trunk is released 1 2 Y 0 45 Announcem...

Page 571: ...larm Specify the timing for Off Hook Alarm 1 2 Y 0 22 01 08 4 32 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set default setting is 28 32 seconds Specify Service Restriction Class C for Off Hook Alarm to busy destination 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No of destina tion 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow the Off Hook Alarm call in Service Re striction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 97 98 00 1...

Page 572: ...number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 the second LEN Level 1 the third LEN Level 2 and the fourth LEN Level 3 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No X XXXXXXXX Station No Assign the Long Line Circuit LLC card to the station number NOTE When using Series 3600 software or later a reset of the MP card is not required When changing the data with online the data i...

Page 573: ...equired 1 2 Y 401 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 2 Allow 7 Restricted Specify the number of digits for Station Autho rization Code 1 2 73 01 08 1 digit 8 digits NONE 4 digits Assign the access code for Station Class change with Station Authorization Code 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A230 Station Class change with Station Authorization Code Assign ...

Page 574: ... 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class A 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class B 1 2 Y 04 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Select the timing when the temporary service class returns to proper service class 1 2 258 0 When called number has been dialed 1 When station goes on hook A CM2B CM08 END PAD LOCK ...

Page 575: ...y CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 141 Station Authorization Code Set Change 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Station Authoriza tion Code Set Change 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A231 Station Authorization Code Set Change Specify whether the mask indication is pro vided for Station Authorization Code entry NOTE When CM08 508 2nd dat...

Page 576: ... A assigned by CM2B Y 02 1 2 Y 140 Pad Lock Set Reset by Station Au thorization Code 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM2B Y 02 0 Allow Assign the access code for Pad Lock Set Reset by Station Authorization Code 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A232 Pad Lock Set by Station Authoriza tion Code A233 Pad Lock Reset by Station Authori zation Code DESCRIPTION DATA Set...

Page 577: ...Z 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Allow Periodic Time Indication Tone in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 61 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign required stations as Ordinary Station If assigned to 0 Analog Data Station this feature will not be applied to the station 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 Ordinary Station Specify the timing in...

Page 578: ...M10 CM14 Therefore any Vir tual LENs can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number However the Virtual Line station number should be different from the Single Line number assigned by CM10 CM14 Assign the Pooled Line keys to each Dterm Pooled Lines 00 63 can answer a call terminat ed to tenants 00 63 respectively and can orig inate a call using trunk routes 00 63 respectively PooledLine Origi...

Page 579: ... 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No 00 Specify the terminating system including TAS of the trunks in the Pooled Line group 1 2 Y 02 Terminating System in Day Mode Y 03 Terminating System in Night Mode Y 40 Terminating System in Mode A Y 41 Terminating System in Mode B 000 255 Trunk No 03 Trunk Direct Appearances and TAS 10 Attendant Console TAS 12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Ap pearances TAS Specify ...

Page 580: ... Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A088 Priority Call 0 A089 Priority Call 1 Specify the destination for Priority Calls 0 and 1 1 2 250 For Priority Call 0 0 Same Station as Off Hook Alarm 1 Attendant Console 1 2 251 For Priority Call 1 0 Same station as Off Hook Alarm 1 Attendant Console If CM08 250 251 is set to 1 assign the Pri ority Calls 0 and 1 to any Priority Call Keys on DE...

Page 581: ...ATA Assign Service Restriction Class B to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XXZZ ZZ 00 15 Service Restriction Class B Restrict Privacy Release in Service Restriction Class B assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 63 00 15 Service Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Restricted START CM12 CM15 END PRIVACY ...

Page 582: ...ice Restriction Class B as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign Service Restriction Class C to each sta tion 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Specify the way of Privacy Release 1 2 Y 182 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 0 Direct Privacy Release 1 Manual Privacy Release When providing the Privacy Release feature which does not use My line of ...

Page 583: ...XXXXXX Station No D000 D255 Trunk No Specify the designated seizure of trunks on a per trunk route basis 1 2 Y 98 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Private Lines 1 No Private Lines Specify the number of times to hunt through the trunks within the trunk route 1 2 08 01 16 One time 16 times NONE Not Seized If data is not set the default setting is 00 no sei zure when the designated trunk is busy To as sign def...

Page 584: ...tware required NOTE 1 When DLC card is accommodated the Dterm station number must be as signed for the all lines of the card NOTE 2 When the following features are used with PN AP00 B with AP00 program do not assign 5 or more digits station number SMDR PMS Front Desk Instrument Dterm 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No FX FXXXXXXXX Dterm Station No X XXXXXXXX represents My Line No Al...

Page 585: ...M12 Y 24 is changed pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Dterm 1 2 Y 24 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 24 Line Trunk Feature keys 8 12 One Touch keys 7 16 Line Trunk Feature keys 16 20 One Touch keys Specify whether call termination on each line key is indicated on the Call Indicator Lamp or not 1 2 Y 05 My Line No Key No 0 Not indicated 1 To indicate Assign the Outgoing Call Preset Answer...

Page 586: ...dle 1 Off Hook and Dial Tone Assign and delete feature keys NOTE Use Key number 93 for Redial key Use Key number 96 for Flash key Prime line should be assigned to Key 9 Digital Single Line is a Dterm and can use any key assigned in CM90 However the Digital Single Line Terminal has no LEDs speaker or microphone Assign any features that can be used without these devices 1 2 Y 00 Key Data X XXXXXXXX ...

Page 587: ...ramming NOTE This data is effective only for the Dterm Series i For DtermIP this data is not effective DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the time to start the power saving to the required stations Series 3200 R6 1 software required 1 2 Y 44 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 1 minute later 1 2 minutes later 2 4 minutes later 3 8 minutes later 4 16 minutes later 5 32 minutes later 6 64 minutes later 7 Not use the power...

Page 588: ...es i 16LD 1 2 Y 207 Indication when a station is set to the Line Key of Dterm Series i 16LD 00 15 Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 0 Station Number 1 Station Name Assign Trunk Indication Code to each trunk if required NOTE By loading Resident System Pro gram Trunk Identification Codes are assigned as follows 1XXX XXX 000 255 Trunk Number 1 2 Y 19 000 255 Trunk No XXXX Trunk ID Cod...

Page 589: ... Call Access Code Maximum 4 digits Called Party s No Maxi mum 26 digits Station No Maximum 8 digits NONE No data Assign the station name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character if required 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 3 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code 20 7F Maximum 32 digits 16 characters N...

Page 590: ...rs Assign the desired trunk name to each trunk route by CM77 Y 2 or CM77 Y 3 if required 1 2 Y 2 By Character Code 00 14 16 63 Trunk Name No assigned by CM35 Y 03 Character Code 20 7F Maximum 8 digits See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 3 By Character 00 14 16 63 Trunk Name No assigned by CM35 Y 03 A Z 0 9 Character Maximum 4 characters Assign the station numbers trunk numbers or ser...

Page 591: ...eries i 16LD Series 3500 software is re quired NOTE 2 Station Speed Dialing and Dterm One Touch keys uses the common memory area Be sure to allocate the different memory area by CM94 from the memory area set by CM73 NOTE 3 If the station number is assigned to One Touch keys using 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 the lamp does not show the busy state Provide to send the indication data to Line Key...

Page 592: ...m with this feature 1 2 172 1 Available Specify whether this feature is available or not in case the ORT time out occurs after the Redial Speaker key is pressed with the Dterm is on hook condition Series 3600 software required 1 2 567 0 Not available 1 Available START CM08 END DECEMBER 02 2005 PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL AUTOMATIC IDLE RETURN ...

Page 593: ...08845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1009 fm CALLING NAME AND NUMBER DISPLAY PROGRAMMING Refer to ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY Page 25 HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm and DLC card PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL CALLING NAME AND NUMBER DISPLAY ...

Page 594: ...ON DATA Assign a Prime line to the Dterm 1 2 X XXXXXXXX My Line No X XXXXXXXX Station No Assign Service Restriction Class A to required stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Dynamic Dial Pad in the Service Re striction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 120 00 15 Service Restriction Class A 0 Allow START CM93 CM12 CM15 END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE T...

Page 595: ...rm when an incoming call holding call can not be seized with My line because it is used by the other Dterm on multiline 1 2 557 0 Group Feature Key is unavailable 1 Group Feature Key is available by seizing Sub line Specify whether the service which is set to a group member station is effective when the group members are called by Group Feature Key Series 3800 software required NOTE When the secon...

Page 596: ...MMING HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Specify whether to enable ringing on call ter mination to flexible line keys and feature keys 1 2 Y 01 My Line No Key No 0 Disabled 1 Enabled START CM90 END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL MULTIPLE LINE OPERATION ...

Page 597: ...0 32ch1009 fm MUTE KEY PROGRAMMING HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm Series E and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the MUTE Key to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F5013 MUTE Key START CM90 END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL MUTE KEY ...

Page 598: ...rmation of Dterm station by CM12 Y 29 The My Line number information is sent to a Dterm control section of the system according to CM15 Y 210 data setting When sending the My Line number informa tion is completed 2nd data of CM15 Y 210 returns to 1 from 0 1 2 Y 29 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 Allow 1 Not allowed NOTE 1 When you change CM15 Y 210 data under On line mode without CM12 Y 29 data set ting y...

Page 599: ...s 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Preset Dialing on Dterm in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 212 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow 1 Restricted Specify that the Soft Key feature is available to each Dterm 1 2 Y 22 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Available START CM12 CM15 CM12 END DECEMBER 02 2005 PROPRIE...

Page 600: ...he Prime Line 1 2 X XXXXXXXX My Line No X XXXXXXXX Station No NOTE 1 NOTE 2 D000 D255 Trunk No NOTE 1 My Line number or Virtual Line number can be assigned to the Prime Line However the data station and Single Line Tele phone cannot be assigned to the Prime Line NOTE 2 By loading the Resident System Program the My Line number is assigned as Prime Line number for all Dterms START CM93 END PROPRIETA...

Page 601: ...data for hookflash signal sending to the route number assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 16 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Sending Assign a Flash Over Trunk key to the required Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1009 Specify duration of the hookflash signal to trunks 1 2 Y 2 17 02 30 128 1920 ms 64 ms increments If no data is set default setting is 576 640 ms START CM35 CM90 CM41 END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINA...

Page 602: ...or built in External Equipment Inter face of MP card by setting CM44 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E800 E831 DK Card No For FP No 00 E800 E807 For FP No 01 E808 E815 For FP No 02 E816 E823 For FP No 03 E824 E831 Specify ON OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start As...

Page 603: ...WA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch1009 fm HARDWARE REQUIRED DK card or MP card built in DK External equipment provided locally Dterm and DLC card JULY 01 2006 PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL RELAY CONTROL FUNCTION KEY ...

Page 604: ...ction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 See the table below Series 3200 R6 1 software required Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 00 63 Trunk Route No See the table below Series 3200 R6 1 software required START CM08 INITIAL CM12 CM15 Y 83 Y 84 Y 93 0 Y 93 1 0 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 7 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 1 0 Ri...

Page 605: ...assignment do not set CM76 Y 23 to 7 As per CM35 Y 34 164 1 2 Y 23 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 2 Ringer Tone Pattern 2 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 4 Ringer Tone Pattern 4 5 Ringer Tone Pattern 5 6 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 Series 3200 R6 1 software required A CM76 B PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL RING FREQUENCY CONTROL ...

Page 606: ...xed to 1 B CM65 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 2 Ringer Tone 2 600 700 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 660 760 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal...

Page 607: ...ency at the Dterm HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Disable ring frequency by system data pro gramming 1 2 390 0 By pressing feature key and dialing 3 1 2 262 0 Available START CM08 INITIAL END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL RING FREQUENCY CONTROL ...

Page 608: ...tion Class C Allow Ringing Line Pickup in Service Restric tion Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 82 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 0 Allow Assign Service Restriction Class C for Ring ing Line Pickup by Speaker key if required 1 2 Y 86 00 15 Service Restriction Class C as signed by CM12 Y 07 0 Ringing Line Pickup by Speaker key is provided START CM12 CM15 END PROPRIETARY...

Page 609: ...whether the Soft Key feature is avail able to each Dterm 1 2 Y 22 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Available Assign Soft Key Pattern number to each Dterm 1 2 Y 23 X XXXXXXXX My Line No 0 Pattern No 0 1 Pattern No 1 2 Pattern No 2 3 Pattern No 3 START CM12 A PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL SOFT KEY ...

Page 610: ...refer to DIAL BY NAME Page 259 1 Y 00 03 Soft Key Pattern No 0 3 assigned by CM12 Y 23 aa bb aa 00 15 Status No 00 Idle State 01 During dialing Holding no call 02 During dialing Holding station trunk 03 During calling Holding no call 04 During calling Holding station trunk 05 Being called 06 When called party is busy Holding no call 07 When called party is busy Holding station trunk 08 When called...

Page 611: ...orresponding to the Soft Key function assigned by CM9A Y 00 03 1 2 Y 10 13 Soft Key Pattern No 0 3 assigned by CM12 Y 23 Same as Y 00 03 XX XX Soft Key name indicated on LCD Maximum 12 characters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 B CM9A END JANUARY 20 2006 PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL SOFT KEY ...

Page 612: ... No 00 03 Indicated on 1st display 04 07 Indicated on 2nd display 08 11 Indicated on 3rd display 12 15 Indicated on 4th display F1092 Pause F1093 Re record F1094 End F1095 Erase F1096 Address F1097 Urgent Page NONE No data Y 10 13 Soft Key Pattern No 0 3 assigned by CM12 Y 23 Same as Y 00 03 XX XX Soft Key name indicated on LCD Maximum 12 characters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table...

Page 613: ...each sta tion 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX My Line No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow or restrict the system to keep the volume level changed by the volume button on Dterm after the call is finished 1 2 Y 135 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow 1 Restricted START CM12 CM15 END PROPRIETARY MULTILINE TERMINAL VOLUME CONTROL ...

Page 614: ... A Allow Remote Hold in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 124 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Specify the recall timing for Remote Hold 1 2 Y 0 06 01 98 4 392 seconds 4 second increments 99 Recall is not performed If no data is set the default setting is 236 240 seconds Assign a Hold key to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1010 START CM12...

Page 615: ...ote Hold from DESKCON ser vice 1 2 705 0 Available Specify the recall timing for Remote Hold from DESKCON 1 2 Y 0 00 00 14 2 4 33 6 seconds 2 4 second increments 15 24 38 4 124 8 seconds 9 6 second increments If no data is set default setting is 31 2 33 6 sec onds START CM08 CM41 END REMOTE HOLD ...

Page 616: ...riction A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 19 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign whether the call to a station set for Re turn Message Schedule Display gets ringing or Reorder Tone 1 2 334 0 Available Ringing 1 Not available ROT Connection Assign an access code for Return Message Schedule set and cancel respectively 1 2 Y 0 3 Number Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code...

Page 617: ...ity to be seized Up to seven alternative routes can be set by using two Route Advance Blocks as shown below 1 2 Y 00 31 Route Advance Block assigned by CM20 200 231 0 3 Order of Priority 0 1st 1 2nd 2 3rd 3 4th 100 163 Trunk Route 00 63 200 231 Route Advance Block 00 31 START CM20 CM22 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 100 101 102 201 103 104 105 106 PRIORITY ROUTE DATA 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th ...

Page 618: ...EPEAT PROGRAMMING HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the SAVE REPEAT key to the Dterm NOTE Up to three Save and Repeat keys can be assigned per Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1001 F1013 F1014 START CM90 END SAVE AND REPEAT ...

Page 619: ...d to the contact 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Station No 04 Hot Line Assign the Attendant Console as the Hot Line destination of the station 1 2 Y 00 99 Hot Line Pair No 0 Calling Side X XXXXXXXX Station No associated with the contact closure 1 2 1 Called Side E00X X 0 7 ATTCON No assigned by CM10 CM14 START CM12 CM52 END SECURITY ALARM ...

Page 620: ...fy the Camp On Tone sent to busy station 1 2 068 0 Camp on Tone is sent out only once 1 Camp on Tone is repeated at an inter val of 4 seconds Specify the recall timing of Camp On 1 2 Y 0 00 01 14 2 4 33 6 seconds 2 4 second increments 15 24 38 4 124 8 seconds 9 6 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 31 2 33 6 seconds DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the access code for Call Pickup Dir...

Page 621: ...me on an Attendant Console when reentering a Camped On trunk by pressing the loop key DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the Attendant Console with the busy station number name display when reentering a Camped On trunk 1 2 441 0 Available 1 Not available START CM08 END SEMI AUTOMATIC CAMP ON ...

Page 622: ...low Allow Authorization Code operation after op erating trunk call originating in Service Re striction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 Series 3900 software required 1 2 Y 401 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow 7 Restricted Assign the access code for Authorization Code 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A086 Set the Authorization Code for Service Re st...

Page 623: ... CODE RESTRICTION Page 214 And to provide the caller ID station do the programming of CALLER ID STATION ETSI FSK Page 193 HARDWARE REQUIRED Analog telephone with LCD which supports Caller ID SDT card PN 4RSTH LLC card PN 4LLCB 48 V Power Supply PZ PW122 Short Message Service Center SM SC NOVEMBER 15 2006 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE SMS ...

Page 624: ...1 Step Call 1 2 148 Same Last Digit Redialing on BT Connection 1 Ineffective 1 2 543 Step Call 1 Allow Provide the system with the Single Digit Fea ture Access Code on RBT or Voice Call con nection 1 2 156 0 Available Provide the system with the Single Digit Fea ture Access Code on BT connection 1 2 208 0 Available Specify whether the access codes of Single Digit Feature Access Code feature are fi...

Page 625: ...Step Call 8 Message Waiting Record 9 Voice Mail Transfer NONE Single Digit Feature Access Code is not available When using programmable access code CM08 570 is set to 0 assign the Single Digit Feature Access Code for the RBT con nection Series 3600 software required 1 2 Y 5 X Access code 0 9 A B 1 Internal Tone Voice Signaling 2 Call Back Trunk Queuing Outgoing 6 Message Reminder Set 8 Message Wai...

Page 626: ...g Set NOTE 4 6 Message Reminder Message Waiting Set 7 None 7 Step Call 7 Last one digit NOTE 3 8 Message Waiting Record NOTE 4 8 Message Waiting Record 9 None 9 None NOTE 1 This feature cannot be set from Attendant Console NOTE 2 This feature cannot be set from a station having a held call NOTE 3 This feature can be set only from a station having a held incoming call NOTE 4 From a DTMF telephone a...

Page 627: ...e any Virtual LEN can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number However the Virtual Line station number should be different from the Single Line number assigned by CM10 CM14 Assign the Station Class data to each Virtual Line station number 1 2 Y 01 Trunk Restriction Class Y 02 Service Restriction Class Y 03 Kind of Telephone Y 04 Tenant Allocation X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No Refer to ...

Page 628: ...the Stack Dial Redial Speed Dialing key to each Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1000 Stack Dial Redial Speed Dialing Specify whether the system sends the SPDT after the Redial key on a Dterm is pressed for the second time or more Series 3600 software required 1 2 566 0 Not sent 1 To send Provide the system with Automatic Idle Re turn 1 2 172 1 To provide Specify whether the Automatic Idle Return...

Page 629: ...th this feature HARDWARE REQUIRED Dterm with LCD and DLC card DESKCON and DLC card DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the Stack Dial Redial key to each DESKCON 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6121 Stack Dial Last Number Redial START CM90 END DECEMBER 02 2005 STACK DIAL ...

Page 630: ...f each station To continue the hunt in the original direction if the station is busy set to 1 to reverse the direction last station only set to 5 NOTE 1 The maximum number of stations per hunt group is 60 And there is no limit to the number of Circular Hunt groups within the system NOTE 2 Each station can belong to only one hunt group NOTE 3 The Attendant Console cannot be member of a hunt group 1...

Page 631: ... Hunting Group Assign the pilot station to required station number within the Hunting group For the member stations set the data to 0 NOTE The maximum number of stations that can be included on one Station Hunting group is 60 including the Pilot Station And there is no limit to the number of Terminal Hunt groups within the system 1 2 Y 1 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 Member Station 1 Pilot Station Allow...

Page 632: ...tary Station No Specify the Hunting capability of each secre tary station 1 2 Y 1 00 30 Secretary Station Serial No 5 Hunting As per CM19 Y 2 7 No hunting Set up the order of Secretary Hunting Assign secretary station serial numbers one by one in order of the desired Secretary Hunting as shown below 1st Operation 1 Station Serial No A 2 Station Serial No B 2nd Operation 1 Station Serial No B 2 Sta...

Page 633: ...rovides two kinds of SMDR One is the Main Processor MP built in SMDR and the another is the SMDR with Application Processor AP00 Call information is sent out from the MP or AP00 to the SMDR terminal when each call is completed If the SMDR terminal is not connected to the system or if the SMDR terminal is not ready for receiving in formation the call information is temporarily stored in the MP or A...

Page 634: ...SMDR terminal is not ready to receive information Busy Status the MP temporarily stores the call information into its internal memory When the number of the call records stored in the MP reaches the maximum new call records will be lost The call record memory will be cleared by MP reset SMDR Terminal An Asynchronous Personal Computer is used as the SMDR terminal for receiving and processing the ca...

Page 635: ... SMDR terminal interface The MP keeps supervising the status of the SMDR terminal If the SMDR terminal is not ready to receive information Busy Status the MP temporarily stores the call information into its internal memory When the number of the call records stored in the MP reaches the maximum new call records will be lost The call record memory will be cleared by MP reset SMDR Terminal A Persona...

Page 636: ...5 0 32ch1010 fm System Outline of MP Built in SMDR on IP BUILT IN SMDR LC TRUNK STATION SMDR TERMINAL LAN MP TDSW MP MAIN PROCESSOR ETHER SWITCHING HUB 10 BASE T 100 BASE TX STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING SMDR SYSTEM OUTLINE ...

Page 637: ...erface The AP ports perform as DTE The system can accommodate a maximum of one AP00 card SMDR Terminal Asynchronous PC is used as the SMDR terminal for receiving and processing the call information via RS 232C The maximum number of SMDR terminal is two which includes the number of Property Management System PMS terminal NOTE For AP00 card PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program PMS terminal is not a...

Page 638: ...ing CCIS Stand alone When CMD001 179 is set to 1 Center Office of Centralized Billing CCIS When CMD001 179 is set to 0 Local Office of Centralized Billing CCIS Stand alone When CMD001 179 is set to 1 Center Office of Centralized Billing CCIS 1600 800 27000 When CMD003 28 is set to 0 Call Record for CIS is not provided 26000 When CMD003 28 is set to other than 0 Call Record for CIS is provided Amou...

Page 639: ...call record output available at the same time regardless of the type of Message Format Combination of SMDR Service Available Not available SMDR TYPE PATTERN A PATTERN B PATTERN C PATTERN D PATTERN E SMDR with AP00 PN AP00 B with AP00 program MP built in SMDR on RS 232C MP built in SMDR on IP SMDR with AP00 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program JULY 01 2006 STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING SMDR COM...

Page 640: ...P MP card SMDR terminal 3 SMDR with AP00 AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program EXPMEM card PZ M537 on AP00 B card if required RS RVS 4SCA C RS RVS 15S CA A or RS NORM 4S CA A SMDR terminal NOTE For SMDR with NEAX 1400 Format only AP00 B card PN AP00 B with AP00 program is available JULY 01 2006 STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING SMDR HARDWARE REQUIRED ...

Page 641: ...R on RS 232C or Built in SMDR on IP MP built in AP AP Initialization PN AP00 B with AP00 program SMDR with AP00 Programming PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program Built in SMDR Service Programming AP Initialization PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program Built in SMDR on RS 232C Programming Built in SMDR on IP Programming Page 634 Page 636 Page 649 Page 650 Page 625 Page 628 Page 630 JULY 01 2006 STA...

Page 642: ...rvice features are already programmed Station Number Data Loading The AP00 stores the station number data loaded from the MP When station numbers have been added deleted or changed by CM10 CM14 the station number data must be reloaded to the AP00 by the follow ing procedure 1 Flip the MB switch of the AP to UP position 2 Return the MB switch to DOWN position 3 The AP00 START message is printed if ...

Page 643: ...S port as the des tination to send a Built in SMDR call informa tion Series 3400 software required 1 2 Y 01 05 Destination to send a Built in SMDR call information 0 SMDR terminal via LAN port 1 PMS via LAN port 7 SMDR terminal via RS port Specify the Message Format for Built in SMDR on RS 232C according to the SMDR terminal specification Series 3400 software required 1 2 Y 01 07 Message Format fo...

Page 644: ...uilt in SMDR 14 Built in SMDR Assign the attribute data for RS ports accord ing to the SMDR terminal specifications 1 2 Y 01 Data length 0 Port 0 1 Port 1 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 1 2 Y 02 Parity check 0 Port 0 1 Port 1 0 Effective 1 Ineffective 1 2 Y 03 Kind of parity 0 Port 0 1 Port 1 0 Even parity 1 Odd parity 1 2 Y 04 Stop bit 0 Port 0 1 Port 1 0 One stop bit 1 Two stop bits 1 2 Y 05 DTR signal 0 Por...

Page 645: ...for SMDR service for station to station calls to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow SMDR service for station to station calls in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 Series 3600 software required 1 2 Y 213 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow 1 Restricted B CM40 CM12 CM15 END DECEMBER 02 20...

Page 646: ...al and set 60010 as the port number DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the system clock data 1 2 0 Calendar Year 2000 2099 1 2 1 Date MM DD WW MM 01 12 Month DD 01 31 Date WW 00 Sun 01 Mon 02 Tue 03 Wed 04 Thu 05 Fri 06 Sat 1 2 2 Time HH MM SS HH 00 23 Hour MM 00 59 Minute SS 00 59 Second Assign the IP Address for the system 1 2 Y 00 00 000000000000 255255255255 IP Address for the system Assign the Subnet Ma...

Page 647: ... IP 00 Extended 2400 IMS Format 15 Former 2400 IMS Format Assign Service Restriction Class A for SMDR service for station to station calls to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow SMDR service for station to station calls in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 Series 3600 software required 1 2 Y 213 00 15 Service Restri...

Page 648: ...X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 To provide Specify the type of answer signal from distant office in outgoing connection for each trunk route 1 2 Y 04 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Battery Reversal from C O line 2 Answer signal arrives from Tie line ISDN 7 Answer signal does not arrive Provide the SMDR service for outgoing calls to the required trunk routes 1 2 Y 14 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 To provide Assign a trun...

Page 649: ...lit charging to both transferring sta tion and transfer destination station 1 2 425 Charging destination 0 Charging to transferring station 1 Charging to transfer destination sta tion A CM08 STA Station ATT Attendant Console TRANSFER PATTERN CM08 424 1 CM08 424 0 CM08 424 0 FROM TO CM08 425 1 CM08 425 0 STA A STA B Split charging to STA A and STA B STA B STA A STA ATT STA STA STA ATT STA STA STA S...

Page 650: ... only for incoming calls with Account Code or not 1 2 426 SMDR for incoming call 0 Effective for all incoming calls 1 Effective only for incoming calls with Account Code Specify whether the ANI Caller ID is sent to SMDR NOTE 1 When providing incoming calls with ANI assign this data in addition to the programming for AUTOMATIC NUMBER IDENTIFICATION ANI Page 120 NOTE 2 When this data is assigned to ...

Page 651: ...e MP built in SMDR output for tandem calls is divided into terminating trunk and originating trunk 1 2 803 0 To provide 1 Not provided Originating trunk only DESCRIPTION DATA Specify whether the virtual station number CM11 is sent to SMDR when the call to the virtual station is transferred by Call Forward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer Outside NOTE When the second data of CM08 849 is set to 1 o...

Page 652: ...tive When you install the AP00 the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch setting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 04 AP00 card On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 Load the initial data into the A...

Page 653: ...o 0 Not controlled 1 Controlled 3 Only 504 stations are controlled in or der of station registration The stations after the 504th are not controlled NOTE You can confirm the stations assigned by CM12 Y 49 Execute CM12 Y 91 10 minutes after AP initialization completed Enter the first data which was assigned by CM12 Y 49 the system displays the second data Check CM12 Y 49 data setting when NONE is d...

Page 654: ...eversal has not been detected within the time assigned by CM41 Y 0 03 after making an outgoing trunk call NOTE This data is effective when CM35 Y 04 is set to 1 1 2 123 0 Not sent 1 To send Provide the SMDR service for outgoing calls to the required stations 1 2 Y 06 X XXXX Station No 1 To provide Specify the type of answer signal from distant office in outgoing connection for each trunk route 1 2...

Page 655: ... If no data is set the default setting is 20 24 seconds Specify the contents of the detail call informa tion to be sent to the SMDR 1 2 60 0 Only the called party s No is sent out 1 All the dial information inclusive of the access code is sent out Specify the method of charging a transferred call 1 2 1 0 Split charging to both the transfer des tination station and the transferring station 1 Chargi...

Page 656: ... PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data Speed 2 3 4 5 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps NOTE 21 25 29 33 Stop Bit Length 0 1 2 1 bit 1 5 bits 2 bits 22 26 30 34 Data Length 0 1 7 bits 8 bits 23 27 31 35 Parity 0 1 2 None Parity Even Parity Odd Parity 80 100 120 140 Function 4 5 Computer 0 Computer 1 81 101 121 141 Priority for Data Processing 0 1st 82 102 122 142 Message Format 3 NEAX 2400 IMS Fo...

Page 657: ...he following limit value is less than the assignable range set by CMD001 229 or is cleared the stored billing memory Limit Value Limit value of remaining Call Record memory set by CMD003 24 29 NOTE 2 ON OFF control for external relay on DK00 card and fault information display can be per formed with the condition for external alarm as above For case a External relay ON OFF set by CMD000 126 Fault i...

Page 658: ... 16th digit 0 No masking 1 11 Value to be added to the designated digit of Authorization Code 12 Masking with X D CMD001 FIRST DATA 1 MEANING SECOND DATA 2 MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data Speed 2 3 4 5 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps NOTE 21 25 29 33 Stop Bit Length 0 1 2 1 bit 1 5 bits 2 bits 22 26 30 34 Data Length 0 1 7 bits 8 bits 23 27 31 35 Parity 0 1 2 None Parity E...

Page 659: ...fective after executing CMD102 Before execut ing CMD102 be sure to print out all of the stored call records CMD102 deletes all of the stored call records E CMD003 Amount of Call Records number of CMD003 1st data 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 No EXPMEM on AP00 is provided EXPMEM on AP00 is provided When CMD001 179 is set to 0 Local Office of Centralized Billing CCIS Stand alone When CMD001 179 is set to 1 C...

Page 660: ...ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 The buffering method when the number of the stored SMDR information has reached the pre determined value 1 2 41 0 No new data is stored 1 New data is stored by deleting the old est data The external alarm driver function for the SMDR buffer overflow 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No 3001 When CMD001 80 100 120...

Page 661: ...1 80 100 120 140 XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 0 Not sent 1 To send 1 2 XX 17 Send detail information of C O outgoing calls to the SMDR termi nal set to 5 by CMD001 80 100 120 140 XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify SMDR service for Tie Line calls if needed 1 2 XX 21 Send detail information of Tie Line outgoing calls to the SMDR termi nal set to 4 by CMD001...

Page 662: ...X 000 511 Next Develop ment Table No 9 Send to SMDR terminal Assign a Call Development Table number to each outgoing trunk route 1 2 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 127 Call Development Table No Assign the Type of Call for each dialed digit 0 9 A B on the basis of each Call Develop ment Table number assigned by CMD033 1 2 XXX Y XXX 000 127 Call Development Table No assigned by CMD033 Y 0 9 A B Dialed Digit...

Page 663: ...d ANI Caller ID to SMDR NOTE This is required when using AP00 card for SMDR 1 2 143 Sending to SMDR terminal 0 Not sent 1 To send NOTE When 0 is set the ANI is not sent to the SMDR but area code for calling party area code for called party authorization code is sent to the SMDR Specify whether the ANI Caller ID is sent to SMDR NOTE 1 When providing incoming calls with ANI assign this data in addit...

Page 664: ... 2 XX 30 Send detail information of C O Tie Line incoming calls to the SMDR terminal set to 4 by CMD001 80 100 120 140 XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 0 Not sent 1 To send 1 2 XX 55 Send detail information of C O Tie Line incoming calls to the SMDR terminal set to 5 by CMD001 80 100 120 140 XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 0 Not sent 1 To send J CMD015 CMD016 K DECEMBER 02 2005 STATIO...

Page 665: ...ndem calls 1 2 77 Send detail information of tandem calls to the SMDR terminal set to 4 by CMD001 80 100 120 140 78 Send detail information of tandem calls to the SMDR terminal set to 5 by CMD001 80 100 120 140 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify the contents for tandem call informa tion 1 2 79 0 Only outgoing call information 1 Both outgoing and incoming call in formation K CM08 CMD000 END DECEMBER 02 2...

Page 666: ...its for each 5 digit station number DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the storing of 5 digit station number in station database of AP00 1 2 252 1 Store last 4 digits of 5 digit station num ber Add the fixed first digit to the last 4 digits of 5 digit station number on SMDR output 1 2 71 1 To add Specify the first digit number to be added to 5 digit station number 1 2 189 0 9 A B Digit to be added START CMD...

Page 667: ...color when the AP is in active When you install the AP00 the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch set ting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 45 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 0...

Page 668: ...03 Destination to send an MP call informa tion 2 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program Assign Service Restriction Class A for SMDR service for station to station calls to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow SMDR service for station to station calls in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 Series 3600 software required 1...

Page 669: ...1 2 Y 06 X XXXXXXXX Station No 1 To provide Assign trunk route and tenant number to each trunk 1 2 Y 00 Trunk Route 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 2 Y 01Tenant Allocation 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No Specify the type of answer signal from distant office in outgoing connection for each trunk route 1 2 Y 04 00 63 Trunk Route No 1 Battery Reversal from C O line 2 Answer signal arrives fr...

Page 670: ...lit charging to both transferring sta tion and transfer destination station 1 2 425 Charging destination 0 Charging to transferring station 1 Charging to transfer destination sta tion B CM08 STA Station ATT Attendant Console TRANSFER PATTERN CM08 424 1 CM08 424 0 CM08 424 0 FROM TO CM08 425 1 CM08 425 0 STA A STA B Split charging to STA A and STA B STA B STA A STA ATT STA STA STA ATT STA STA STA S...

Page 671: ...NOTE Data Speed 1200 bps Stop Bit Length 2 bits Data Length 8 bits Parity No Parity Station Address SA 0 Unit Address UA Message Format Former NEAX 2400 IMS Format NOTE When you set interface condition to two ports change one of those ports of equipment type to SMDR terminal 1 by CMDD10 X00 1 2 100 Port 0 101 Port 1 102 Port 2 103 Port 3 3 SMDR with NEAX 2400 IMS Format C CMDD01 AP00 INITIAL D JUL...

Page 672: ... 5 9600 bps 6 19200 bps 1 2 X02 Stop Bit Length for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 1 bit 1 1 5 bits 2 2 bits 1 2 X03 Data Length for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 1 2 X04 Parity for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 0 No Parity 1 Even Parity 2 Odd Parity 1 2 X05 Station Address SA for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 48 0 1 2 X06 Unit Address UA for Port 0 3 X 0 3 Port 0 3 32 Space No information 33 1 2 X10 M...

Page 673: ... 0 1 2 must not exceed the following number NOTE 3 CMDD02 0 1 2 are effective after executing CMDD98 Before executing CMDD98 be sure to print out all of the stored call records CMDD98 deletes all of the stored call records E CMDD02 Amount of Call Records number of CMDD02 1st data 0 1 2 No EXPMEM on AP00 is provided EXPMEM on AP00 is provided CMDD00 3 is set to 0 Local Office of Centralized Billing...

Page 674: ...OTE Before executing CMDD98 be sure to save print out all of the stored call records CMDD98 deletes all of the stored records 1 2 0000 CCC On the AP00 card set the SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 F CMDD98 SW 1 ON POSITION TO BE SET 4 3 2 1 AP OFF LINE SW 1 ON POSITION TO BE SET 4 3 2 1 G STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING SMDR PRO...

Page 675: ...F control for external relay on DK00 card and fault information display can be per formed with the condition for external alarm as above For case a External relay ON OFF set by CMDD00 126 Fault information display set by CMEA Y 2 28 For case b External relay ON fault information display set by CMEA Y 2 28 For case c External relay OFF fault information display set by CMEA Y 2 38 Specify the direct...

Page 676: ...ng calls excluding C O Tie Line out going calls to SMDR terminal 1 XX Service Class No assigned by CM12 Y 45 CM60 Y 32 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify the direction for sending detail infor mation on station to station calls Series 3600 software required 1 2 XX 12 Send detail information of station to station calls to SMDR terminal 0 XX Service Class No assigned by CM12 Y 45 0 Not sent 1 To send 1 2 ...

Page 677: ...ether the information sent to the SMDR is metering pulse or charging rate Series 3500 software required 1 2 14 0 Metering Pulse 1 Charging Rate Specify control of External alarm relay DK when the accumulation rate of billing memory exceeds the value set by CMDD01 229 1 2 126 0 Relay ON OFF every 0 5 seconds 1 Relay ON Specify whether the access code is added in Call Record 1 2 161 0 Not added 1 To...

Page 678: ... the SMDR service is effective only for incoming calls with Account Code or not 1 2 426 SMDR for incoming call 0 Effective for all incoming calls 1 Effective only for incoming calls with Account Code Assign the Charging Station Class number to each station 1 2 Y 45 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Station Class No Assign the Charging Class number to DESKCON 1 2 Y 32 0 7 ATTCON No 00 15 Class No To prov...

Page 679: ...X 10 Send incomplete call information of C O Tie Line incoming calls to SMDR terminal 1 XX Service Class No assigned by CM12 Y 45 CM60 Y 32 0 Not sent 1 To send Specify whether ANI Caller ID is sent to SMDR NOTE 1 CMDD00 163 is not required for Extended NEAX 2400 IMS Format ANI is always sent in Extended Format NOTE 2 When 0 is set for Former Format ANI is not sent to SMDR but area code for callin...

Page 680: ...M13 Y 05 is 0 To provide 1 2 463 ANI Caller ID to SMDR 0 To send 1 Not sent DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with SMDR service for tandem calls 1 2 040 0 Available Specify the direction for sending detail infor mation on tandem calls 1 2 0 Send detail information of tandem call to SMDR terminal 0 0 Not sent 1 To send 1 2 1 Send detail information of tandem call to SMDR terminal 1 0 Not sent 1 T...

Page 681: ...r the SMDR service for incom ing calls of each station assigned by CM13 Y 05 is effective or not NOTE To provide the SMDR for abandoned incoming calls assign the second data of CM08 823 to 0 Ineffec tive 1 2 823 0 Ineffective 1 Effective Specify the direction for sending detail infor mation on abandoned incoming calls 1 2 11 Send detail information of abandoned incoming call to SMDR terminal 0 0 N...

Page 682: ...SCRIPTION DATA Specify whether the virtual station number CM11 is sent to SMDR when the call to the virtual station is transferred by Call Forward ing All Calls Busy Line No Answer Outside NOTE When the second data of CM08 849 is set to 1 originating station number incoming trunk number is sent to SMDR 1 2 849 0 To send 1 Not sent O CM08 END NOVEMBER 15 2006 STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING SMDR P...

Page 683: ...fy whether to provide Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Station Speed Dialing 1 2 035 0 Not provided 1 To provide Specify whether to set dialing as paused data 1 5 seconds or called number to C O line when DTMF station or Dterm dials in the setting of Station Speed Dialing feature 1 2 168 0 Paused data 1 5 seconds 1 Dialed digit Specify dialing is set as programmable pause by CM41 Y 0 38 or...

Page 684: ...rt Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Y Facility for programming the dialed number from the Station 0 1 Effective Ineffective ZZ 01 10 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks NOTE 1000 Slot Memory Block number 4 9 6000 Memory Parcels cannot be used for Speed Di aling with Station Speed Dialing keys provided by CM90 F11XX on a Dterm and cannot also be used for System Speed Dialing A CM73 B JULY 01 2006 STATION ...

Page 685: ...the stored number intended is 10 for Station Number 300 20 for Station Number 301 and 30 for Station Number 302 the memory areas assignment is as follows 1000 Slot Memory Memory Start Block No Number of 10 Slot Station No Block No 10 Slot Memory Block Memory Block 1st Data 2nd Data W 2nd Data XX 2nd Data ZZ 300 0 00 01 301 0 01 02 302 0 03 03 303 0 06 01 B CM73 0 3 4 1000 Slot Memory Block 0 9 1 M...

Page 686: ...If the number of Memory Parcels per station exceeds 11 then Abbreviated Code 00 99 The following figure shows the relation between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels C CM73 0 In the case of 10 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 0 In the case of 20 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number 10 Slot Memory Block Abbreviated Code 1 9 0 1 9 0...

Page 687: ... C Fixed Pause 1 5 seconds or D Pro grammable Pause specified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits NONE No data Assign the station name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APP...

Page 688: ... No F11XX XX 00 99 Station Speed Dialing 00 99 NOTE The initial setting of key layout is for 16 Line Trunk Feature keys Key No 01 16 When using Key No 17 24 data set ting of CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 is re quired After the 2nd data of CM12 Y 24 is changed pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Dterm E CM90 END STATION SPEED DIALING ...

Page 689: ...aling 1 2 035 0 Not provided 1 To provide Specify whether to set dialing as paused data 1 5 seconds or called number to C O line when Dterm dials in the setting of Sta tion Speed Dialing feature 1 2 168 0 Paused data 1 5 seconds 1 Dialed digit Specify whether to set dialing as program mable pause by CM41 Y 0 38 or dialed digit when DTMF station or Dterm dials in the setting of Station Speed Dialin...

Page 690: ...W XX 0 ZZ W 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No XX 00 99 10 Slot Memory Start Block No ZZ 01 02 Number of 10 Slot Memory Blocks 10 memories 20 memories NOTE 1 Station Speed Dialing by dial access and by Dterm One Touch keys uses the common mem ory area Be sure to allocate the different memory area by CM94 from the memory area set by CM73 NOTE 2 If the station is assigned to One Touch keys using 1000 Slo...

Page 691: ...SCRIPTION DATA Assign the access code for sending of a Hook ing signal to a Centrex Maximum of two digits are available 1 2 Y 0 3 X XXXX Access code A158 Hooking signal to a Centrex Assign a RECALL key on the Dterm RECALL key is used to return to a former line 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No 90 F1015 RECALL Provide Centrex trunk route with Centrex function 1 2 Y 86 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Centrex DESCRI...

Page 692: ...N DATA Provide the system with the Step Call feature NOTE This feature is mutually exclusive with the single digit feature access code 1 2 069 For internal Call 1 Available 1 2 163 For Tie Line incoming call 1 Available 1 2 208 NOTE 1 Not available START CM08 END STEP CALL ...

Page 693: ...nnected to the peripheral equipment with momentary reversal open ca pability 1 2 Y 22 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Specify the duration of the momentary rever sal open 1 2 Y 1 08 01 10 256 1408 ms 128 ms increments If no data is set the default setting is 256 384 ms START CM13 CM41 END SUPERVISORY CONTROL OF PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT ...

Page 694: ...riction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 130 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Allow Assign the access code for System Clock Setup by Station Dialing 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A197 System Clock Setup by Station Dial ing Assign a System Clock Setup by Station Dial ing key to Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0A97 System Clock Setup...

Page 695: ...gned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 06 System Speed Dialing 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the Access Code for System Speed Di aling 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A067 System Speed Dialing origination 300 Slot Memory Block Assign an access key for System Speed Dial ing to the Dterms as needed 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0067 System Speed Dialing...

Page 696: ...emory Slot No in Block YYY 001 300 Number of Slots to be allo cated in Block For example to provide 20 memory slots starting at Slot 60 Data 060020 NOTE The Resident System Program allocates 100 memory slots to Tenant 01 Assign the station number to be called to the Memory Slot number allocated by CM71 1 2 Y 0 000 299 Memory Slot No Stored No Outgoing Access Code Maximum 4 digits Called Party s No...

Page 697: ...E No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 000 299 Memory Slot No XX XX Station Name Character Maximum 16 characters NONE No data Specify System Speed Dialing security Stored number displays on Dterm for an outgo ing call by System Speed Dialing 1 2 043 0 Not displayed 1 To display Specify Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by System Speed Dialing if required 1 2 044 0 Not pr...

Page 698: ...ilable 1 2 176 1000 Slot Memory Block No 2 0 Available 1 Not available 1 2 110 1000 Slot Memory Block No 3 0 Available 1 Not available Assign the Access Code for System Speed Di aling 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A152 1000 Slot Memory Block No 0 A151 1000 Slot Memory Block No 1 A068 1000 Slot Memory Block No 2 A150 1000 Slot Memory Block No 3 Assign an access key for Syste...

Page 699: ...ecified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits NONE No data Assign the station name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 3 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 X YY Z X ...

Page 700: ... by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 06 System Speed Dialing 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Specify the number of digits for the abbreviat ed code of System Speed Dialing origination Series 3600 software required 1 2 77 01 08 1 8 digits NONE 4 digits Assign the Access Code for System Speed Di aling 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A243 System Speed Dialing ori...

Page 701: ...pecified by CM41 Y 0 38 after desired digits NONE No data Assign the station name to be displayed to each Memory Slot number by character codes or character 1 2 Y 1 X YY Z X 0 9 1000 Slot Memory Block No YY 00 99 10 Slot Memory Block No Z 0 9 Memory Parcel No XX XX Station Name Character Code Maximum 32 digits 16 charac ters NONE No data See APPENDIX B Character Code Table Page B2 1 2 Y 2 X YY Z X...

Page 702: ...m Speed Dialing with 1 8 digit abbreviated code set by CM74 Y 0 as Memory Slot number of Station Speed Dialing set by CM73 NOTE 3 Set the same number of digits as the digits of abbreviated code assigned by CM42 77 to the second data NOTE 4 When setting the number of digits for abbreviated code to 5 8 the minimum number of the abbreviated code that can be registered to the memory area is as follows...

Page 703: ... Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A000 A097 801 818 A100 A152 100 163 300 323 Tenant Block 00 23 When Tenant Block 00 23 is assigned by CM20 assign a trunk route and Tenant number to the Tenant Block 1 2 Y 00 23 Tenant Block 00 23 00 63 Tenant No 100 163 Trunk Route 00 63 When an External Key for Day Night Mode change or Class of Service change is required assign the DK card to required...

Page 704: ...63 is used for built in External Key Interface of MP card by setting CM61 Specify ON OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start To provide external keys for Day Night Mode change or Class of Service change assign a Tenant number to the DK card 1 2 Y 00 XX Z XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned b...

Page 705: ...r 1 2 Y 0 TAS Answer XX ZZ XX Tenant No of TAS Answer Station ZZ Tenant No of Trunk 0 Allow 1 Restricted 1 2 Y 1 Station to Station Calling XX ZZ XX Tenant No of Calling Station ZZ Tenant No of Called Station 0 Restricted 1 Allow 1 2 Y 2 Incoming Call Termination XX ZZ XX Tenant No of Called Station ZZ Tenant No of Trunk 0 Restricted 1 Allow B CM63 END JULY 01 2006 TENANT SERVICE ...

Page 706: ...g Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 81 82 100 163 Trunk Route 00 63 01 02 Assign a trunk route and tenant number to each trunk 1 2 Y 00 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 02 1 2 Y 01 000 255 Trunk No 00 63 Tenant No 00 00 Assign trunk route data to the trunk route num ber assigned by CM30 Y 00 NOTE 1 All circuits in one ODT card must be set to same type interface 2 wire or 4 wire NOTE 2 For ...

Page 707: ... wire E M Trunk for long line NONE For regular Assign trunk route data to the trunk route num ber assigned by CM30 Y 00 1 2 Y 00 Kind of Trunk Route 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 02 04 Tie Line 1 2 Y 01 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 02 Incoming Outgoing 2 DP 10PPS DP 10PPS 4 DTMF DTMF 7 DTMF DP DTMF 1 2 Y 02 IC OG 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 02 1 Incoming trunk 2 Outgoing trunk 3 Bothway trunk 1 2 Y 04 Answer Sig...

Page 708: ...n the appropriate data for the characteris tic of the distant PBX 1 2 Y 20 Sender start condition 00 63 Trunk Route No 01 02 00 Wink Start 01 Delay Dial 15 Timing Start Prepause per CM35 Y 21 The above data should be set to each route ac cording to the data for CM35 Y 09 as shown below Data for Data for CM35 Y 09 CM35 Y 20 03 00 04 01 05 15 06 15 1 2 Y 21 Sender Prepause Timing 00 63 Trunk Route N...

Page 709: ... 63 Trunk Route No 0 39 Make Ratio 1 33 Make Ratio 1 2 Y 45 DP Sender Release Timing 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 2 seconds 1 4 seconds 2 6 seconds 3 8 seconds 4 12 seconds 5 14 seconds 6 16 seconds 7 10 seconds When CM35 Y 01 is 4 assign data for the DTMF Sender Characteristics 1 2 Y 24 DTMF Sender Inter Digital Pause 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 32 ms 1 64 ms 2 80 ms 3 96 ms 4 160 ms 5 192 ms 6 240 ms 7 128...

Page 710: ...d ON 2 seconds OFF 3 2 seconds ON 4 seconds OFF To make this data assignment effective en ter the data 1 for CM08 180 Specify the Ringer Tone Pattern of the Dterm to each trunk route 1 2 Y 34 164 Ringer Tone Pattern 00 63 Trunk Route No See the table below Series 3200 R6 1 software required D CM35 Y 34 Y 164 0 Y 164 1 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 6 Ringer Ton...

Page 711: ...e sec ond data is fixed to 1 E CM65 Ringer Tone Pattern No Y 40 0 Y 40 1 Electra Terminal Dterm Series III Elite Terminal Dterm Series E Dterm Series i 0 Door Phone Ringer Tone 1024 1285 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1100 1400 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 1 Ringer Tone 1 480 606 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 520 660 Hz 8 Hz Modulating Signal 2 Ringer Tone 2 600 700 Hz 16 Hz Modulating Signal 660 760 Hz 16 ...

Page 712: ...ss CONNECTION PATTERNS A B PAD DATA OF B TRUNK DATA 4 T R DATA 5 T R DATA 6 T R DATA 7 T R Station ODT 4W E M 3 3 3 3 Tone ODT 4W E M 0 0 0 0 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT ODT 4W E M 2 2 0 0 ODT 4W E M ODT 4W E M 0 0 0 0 DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT ODT 4W E M 0 0 0 0 Station ODT 2W E M 3 3 0 0 Tone ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 ODT 4W E M ODT 2W E M 0 0 0 0 DTI BRT PRT CCT ...

Page 713: ...TRUNK B TRUNK CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 0 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 1 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 2 CM35 Y 19 2ND DATA 3 50 65 50 54 58 62 STA ODT 51 55 59 63 TONE ODT 52 56 60 64 COT DID ODT 2W E M IPT ODT 53 57 61 65 ODT 4W E M DTI BRT PRT CCT Virtual IPT ODT T R Transmit Receive Gain Loss PATTERNS 2ND DATA 2 PAD DATA OF B TRUNK T R dB REMARKS 4W E M 2W E M 00 15 00 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 02 0 0 0 0 03 2 2 3 3 04 3 3 0 0 ...

Page 714: ... Tenant No of called station ZZ Tenant No of Trunk Route 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Provide DTMF Receivers for Tie Line incom ing calls if required 1 2 Y 1 XX Z DTMF Receiver No XX 00 Built in PBR on MP card 01 15 8RST Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E201 E215 Z 0 3 Circuit No 0 Only for Tie Line 1 For both station and Tie Line H CM63 CM45 END TIE LINES ...

Page 715: ...PTION DATA Specify the combination of Trunk Routes al lowing the Tandem connection The incoming trunk route must provide a release signal for the Tandem Connection See CM35 Y 05 1 2 Y 0 XX ZZ XX 00 63 Incoming Trunk Route ZZ 00 63 Outgoing Trunk Route 0 Allow 1 Restricted START CM36 END TIE LINE TANDEM SWITCHING ...

Page 716: ... respectively NOTE Set the time from the start of commu nications to the warning SST is sent Forced release is executed at 16 sec onds later from the warning SST is sent 1 2 Y 0 114 Timer A 115 Timer B 116 Timer C 01 99 64 6336 seconds 64 second increments NONE No data Specify the warning SST sending timer for forced release to the required stations NOTE This data is effective when the forced rele...

Page 717: ...49 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 Depends on Timer A 1 Depends on Timer B 2 Depends on Timer C 3 Forced Release is not provided Specify whether the operation of hooking call holding after a station receives the warning SST is restricted or not 1 2 664 0 Allow 1 Restricted Specify whether the shift from the communi cation between station and Trunk to Confer ence Three Four Party while the timer for forced ...

Page 718: ...onds 1 2 Y 0 35 Number of Times of Call Attempt 01 07 Once 7 times If no data is set the default setting is 3 times 1 2 36 Interval time of Call Attempt 11 31 48 124 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 120 124 seconds 1 2 37 Duration of Calling 05 31 20 124 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 28 32 sec onds Assign the Call Back feat...

Page 719: ...n Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 5 5 A024 Timed Reminder Set A025 Timed Reminder Cancel Designate the type of tone source to be con nected when answering a Timed Reminder call 1 2 Y 1 00 Tone Source of Timed Reminder 1400 Hold Tone Source on MP card Assign the Timed Reminder feature access key to a Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0024 Specify the timing for Timed Reminder Start 1 2 228...

Page 720: ...r at tempts before abandonment 1 2 03 01 05 1 call 5 calls NONE 5 calls Specify the maximum number of Timed Re minder calls that can be set at the same time NOTE This command is effective up to Se ries 3400 software 1 2 04 01 32 1 station 32 stations NONE 10 stations A CM42 END TIMED REMINDER ...

Page 721: ... the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot 1 2 000 763 LEN DB00 DB09 Interface Card No for Exter nal Announcement Machine E800 E831 DK Card No For PIM0 1 E800 E807 For PIM2 3 E808 E815 For PIM4 5 E816 E823 For PIM6 7 E824 E831 NOTE 2 Circuit No 3 of E831 is used for built in External Equipment In terface on MP card by setting CM44 Assign the COT card and DK card to the re quired LEN Series 3200 R6 2 s...

Page 722: ... Machine for Timed Reminder Calling Assign the Timed Reminder feature access key to the Dterm s if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0024 Specify the timing for Timed Reminder start 1 2 228 Timed Reminder start timing 0 At preset time 1 Before 5 minutes of preset time Specify the ringing duration of a Timed Re minder call 1 2 Y 0 23 02 14 8 56 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the d...

Page 723: ... tempts before abandonment 1 2 03 01 05 1 call 5 calls NONE 5 calls Specify the maximum number of Timed Re minder calls that can be set at the same time NOTE This command is effective up to Se ries 3400 software 1 2 04 01 32 1 station 32 stations NONE 10 stations B CM42 END JULY 01 2006 TIMED REMINDER ...

Page 724: ...k card number to the required LEN To provide the restriction announcement for Timed Reminder call setting assign the fol lowing DAT respectively DAT for Timed Reminder message DAT for restriction announcement Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 and the seventh LEN ...

Page 725: ...Answering Message on Timed Re minder XX 00 63 Message No 1 2 Y 08 00 63 Tenant No 00 63 Message No assigned by CM49 Y 00 Assign the Timed Reminder feature access key to a Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0024 Specify the timing for Timed Reminder start 1 2 228 Timed Reminder start timing 0 At preset time 1 Before 5 minutes of preset time Specify the duration of a Timed Reminder call 1...

Page 726: ...ve up to Se ries 3400 software 1 2 04 01 32 1 station 32 stations NONE 10 stations Specify the action when the number of Timed Reminder calls exceeds the maximum number assigned by CM42 04 1 2 806 0 Restrict Timed Reminder call setting 1 Set to 5 or 10 minutes prior to preset time Assign the restriction announcement for Timed Reminder to the DAT card or MP built in DAT 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DA...

Page 727: ... 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No D000 D255 Trunk No Assign a Hold key for holding the Trunk Di rect Appearances call to each Dterm as re quired By this assignment the held Trunk Direct Ap pearances call can be transferred by voice call and can be answered by the Trunk Direct Ap pearances key on the destination station 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0058 Hold Key Specify whether a Dial Tone is sent when the ...

Page 728: ...ey No F0059 Trunk Answer Key Assign Trunk Answer to be used for analog telephones 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A059 Trunk Answer Assign Trunk Hold to be used for analog telephones 1 2 X XXXX Access Code A058 Trunk Hold Assign ID code for each C O trunk 1 2 Y 19 000 255 Trunk No ABCD Trunk ID code Assign Answer preference 1 2 114 0 Answer by 2 digit Trunk ID code Answer Cod...

Page 729: ... of HOLD Key CM90 Y 00 F0058 0 Provide Available 1 Not provided Not assigned Not available Assign CCIS trunk Not available ISDN trunk CM35 Y 146 is set to 0 Trunk ID Code is displayed Available CM35Y 146 is set to 1 Calling called sub address is dis played Not available Other trunks CM35 Y 75 is set to 0 DID incoming LDN is displayed Not available CM35 Y 75 is set to 1 Trunk ID Code is displayed A...

Page 730: ...Direct In Termination Trunk Direct Appearances 11 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearance 12 Attendant Console Trunk Direct Appearance TAS 31 DID Tie Line and the call which is not handled by the PBX Provide the Trunk Direct Appearances feature to the required C O trunk assigned by CM30 Y 02 1 2 Y 18 000 255 Trunk No 0 To provide Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 0 ...

Page 731: ... to SMDR for outgoing call NOTE This command is effective when CM35 Y 189 is not assigned 1 2 Y 44 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 99 Trunk Access Code Assign a trunk access code for Trunk Direct Appearances Multiline Operation 1 2 Y 189 00 63 Trunk Route No X XX Trunk Access Code X 0 9 A B Specify the Timing Start when making ISDN call from a Single Line Telephone PB DP Dterm or Attendant Console 1 2 Y 0...

Page 732: ... DATA Allow second Dial Tone for ISDN trunk route 1 2 Y 2 04 2nd DT on ISDN trunks 0 For ISDN trunk route 2nd Dial Tone is provided To provide outgoing calls by pressing key 1 2 Y 5000 5255 LCR Pattern No 000 255 180 0 To provide 1 Not provided B CM48 CM8A END JUNE 01 2007 TRUNK DIRECT APPEARANCES ...

Page 733: ...g Outgoing in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 02 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for setting and resetting this service 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code 1 1 If a different access code from Call Back is used A000 Set A001 Reset If the same access code as Call Back is used A004 Set A005 Reset Assign ...

Page 734: ...going trunk route 0 Allow 1 Restricted Provide the system with Ring Transfer for Call Transfer All Calls to a trunk when a station holds another station or trunk 1 2 253 0 Available Provide the system with forced release when a tandem call duration passes a predetermined time 1 2 029 0 To disconnect 1 To continue Allow or restrict forced release of tandem con nection for the incoming trunk route T...

Page 735: ... Con nection transferred by a station or an attendant when no answer signal arrives and release sig nal arrives from the outgoing trunk route 1 2 028 0 Available 1 Not available Specify the forced release timing for tandem connection when the called party does not an swer This data is available when no release signal arrives from incoming trunk route 1 2 Y 0 55 01 13 12 60 seconds 4 second increme...

Page 736: ...er must be as signed to both of the first LEN Lev el 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No Card No of AMP trunk For FP No 00 C100 C115 For FP No 01 C116 C131 For FP No 02 C132 C147 For FP No 03 C148 C163 Assign the AMP patterns to each combination of the trunk routes 1 2 Y 00 XX ZZ XX 00 63 Incoming trunk route ZZ 00 63 Outgoing trunk route 00 1...

Page 737: ...2 Y 04 00 14 AMP pattern No 00 14 0 G164 1 G165 Specify the detect timing of Tone Disabler on each AMP pattern 1 2 Y 05 00 14 AMP pattern No 00 14 0 0 second 1 2 seconds Specify the channels connected to each AMP pattern 1 2 Y 06 00 14 AMP pattern No 00 14 0 Incoming Route Tie Line Outgoing Route C O Line 1 Incoming Route C O Line Outgoing Route Tie Line Specify the timing of AMP trunk connection ...

Page 738: ...200 1 2 Y 0 X XXXXXXXX Station No X XXXXXXXX Another station No to be linked Assign the Pilot station and Member station 1 2 Y 1 X XXXXXXXX UCD Station No 0 Member station 1 Pilot station Assign the UCD group number 1 2 Y 2 X XXXXXXXX UCD Station No 00 15 UCD Group 00 15 Specify the UCD service for each type of call 1 2 Y 4 Internal Call X XXXXXXXX Pilot Station No of UCD group 0 Not provided 1 To...

Page 739: ...in each UCD group 1 2 16 01 99 1 call 99 calls NONE No limit Specify the call waiting time before answer or abandonment for PEG Count analysis 1 2 Y 0 16 01 30 4 120 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 32 36 sec onds Assign the access code for UCD station Busy Out Set and Reset 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A044 Busy Out Set A045 Busy Out Re...

Page 740: ...connected by Switch Hook Flash 1 Disconnected Specify that the transferred C O call from a station or an attendant is placed into queuing mode when all UCD stations are busy NOTE This data is only effective when CM08 212 is set to 1 1 2 227 0 The call is placed into queuing mode NOTE 1 Recall to the transferring station when the call is transferred from station or Attendant Camp On is set when the...

Page 741: ...cation on DSS Console DESCRIPTION DATA Provide the system with UCD Busy Out indication on DSS Console 1 2 265 0 To provide Assign the function key on each DSS Console 1 2 DSS Console No 00 31 Function Key No 57 59 F1055 UCD Busy Out START CM08 CM97 END UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD BUSY IN BUSY OUT UCD ...

Page 742: ...5 01 99 1 call 99 calls NONE 1 call NOTE Depending on the number of queuing station trunk lamp indication pattern on a Dterm is different as shown below N Number of queuing station trunk Assign the Call Waiting Indication LED to the required Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1280 F1295 UCD Group 0 15 START CM08 CM42 CONDITIONS LAMP INDICATION 2nd Data 01 Steady on red irrespective of number of que...

Page 743: ... PIM4 5 E816 E823 For PIM6 7 E824 E831 NOTE 2 Circuit No 3 of E831 is used for built inExternalEquipmentInterface on MP card by setting CM44 Assign the DK card to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The DK card number must be as signed to the first LEN Level 0 and the third LEN Level 2 of each LT slot 1 2 XX ZZZ LEN XX 00 59 FP No ZZZ 000 127 Port No E800 E831 DK Card No For...

Page 744: ...on to the DK 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No 313 MP Built in External Equipment In terface 14XX XX 00 15 UCD Group No assigned by CM17 Specify the UCD Call Waiting Indicator indi cation pattern 1 2 00 01 30 IPM 1 second ON OFF 02 60 IPM 0 5 seconds ON OFF 03 120 IPM 0 25 seconds ON OFF 07 Steady on NONE 120 IPM 0 25 seconds ON OFF A CM08 CM44 CM59 END ...

Page 745: ... EB031 For PIM2 3 EB032 EB063 For PIM4 5 EB064 EB095 For PIM6 7 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign a Digital Announcement Trunk card number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card No must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level ...

Page 746: ...the default setting is 32 36 sec onds Assign the UCD Delay Announcement func tion to the required Digital Announcement Trunk 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No EB002 EB127 assigned by CM10 CM14 0B0XX UCD Delay Announcement 11XX UCD Second Delay Announce ment XX 00 15 UCD group No To record replay and delete a message assign the Digital Announcement ...

Page 747: ...v 5 0 32ch1011 fm DESCRIPTION DATA Specify a diversion display on a Dterm or At tendant Console when transferring a UCD call 1 2 357 0 Available 1 Not available A CM08 END UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD DELAY ANNOUNCEMENT UCD ...

Page 748: ...oftware or before 0000 1019 Virtual LEN Series 3400 software or later X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No Assign Service Restriction Class A to the Vir tual Line station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line Station No assigned by CM11 XXZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Call Forwarding All Calls Outside in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 26 00 15 Service Restriction ...

Page 749: ... combinations for Tandem Connection 1 2 Y 05 00 63 Trunk Route No NOTE 1 Release signal arrives NOTE NOTE For Resident System Programming refer to the Command Manual 1 2 Y 0 Incoming Trunk Route No Outgoing Trunk Route No assigned by CM35 Y 05 0 Allow A CM35 CM36 END UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD DELAY ANNOUNCEMENT UCD ...

Page 750: ...M CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD Page 720 DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Priority Queuing per trunk route 1 2 Y 60 00 63 Trunk Route No 0 To provide 1 Not provided Assign Priority Queuing per DID incoming LDN if Digit Conversion is provided CM35 Y 18 is set to 0 1 2 Y 11 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 Not provided 1 To provide START CM35 CM76 END UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD HUNT P...

Page 751: ...ns when monitoring a station to station or station to trunk call 1 2 259 0 No tone 1 One warning tone Specify whether the warning tone is sent to the outside party when monitoring a station to trunk call 1 2 076 0 To send 1 Not sent Assign Service Restriction Class A for monitoring stations 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow monitoring stations in Servi...

Page 752: ...P27 B PN CP31 D is used as MP card the following tone sources are not available It s a small world 2nd data 05 Let it be 2nd data 07 and If you love me 2nd data 09 Minuet will be set instead of those tone sources NOTE 2 This data setting is effective only for the legacy terminal For DtermIP this data setting is not effective Dterm IP uses the tone source in IP Adapter Minuet 1 2 Y 3 01 00 Nocturne...

Page 753: ...on the Dterm Dterm and DLC card To provide the external Call Waiting Indicator DK card or MP built in External Equipment Interface External Indicator provided by the customer Requirement for External Indicator Control Method Ground Battery Maximum 125 mA Type Visual and or Audible type with volume control UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION UCD SILENT MONITOR UCD ...

Page 754: ...ode Development Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y A000 1 2 Y 4005 4007 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 7 NXX 1NXX Area Code Maximum 8 dig its 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 Assign an area code for Intra office termina tions if required 1 2 Y 4005 4007 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 7 X XXXXXXXX Area Code 1 8 digits 8000 Intra office termination 8001 8008 1 8 digits Intra office station ...

Page 755: ... 9255 Digit Addition Pattern No 000 255 CCC No digits added 1 2 Y 9000 9255 Digit Addition Pattern No 000 255 0 Entry of digit code to be added X X X Digits to be added Maximum 32 digits X 0 9 A B C Fixed Pause D Programmable Pause Assign the digits to be added to the required trunk routes when adding digits to those re ceived from a distant office 1 2 Y 17 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 09 Add 0 Add 9 1...

Page 756: ...000 0000 00000 Assignment of Area Code Development Pattern No 5 Assignment of Route Pattern No 00 to Area Codes 21 22 and 23 Assignment of the order of LCR selection 1st for Route Pattern No assigned by Y 4005 8A Y 5000 100 9000 Assignment of Digit Addition Pattern No 000 8A Y 9000 0 8 Assignment of the digital code to be added for each area code 22 200 OFFICE B OFFICE C OFFICE A 21 200 200 8XX XX...

Page 757: ...001 Assignment of Route Pattern No 001 to Area Code 21 of office B 8A Y 4005 838 8000 Assignment of Intra Office Termination to the office code 838 8A Y 0000 1 00001 Assignment of the order of LCR selection 1st for Route Pattern No assigned by Y 4005 OFFICE B OFFICE A XXXX PBX DIAL NO 821 XXXX 8838 XXX TRUNK ROUTE 01 21 XXXX 838 XXX 821 XXXX XXX 838 XXX Trunk Route to Office B 01 Tie Line Access C...

Page 758: ...sign an area code station number for Intra Office Terminations if required 1 2 Y 4005 4007 Area Code Development Pattern No 5 7 X XXXXXXXX Area Code Maximum 8 digits 8001 8008 1 8 digits Intra office station Specify the order of LCR selection for the Route Pattern number assigned by CM8A Y 4005 4007 1 2 Y 0000 0255 Route Pattern No 000 255 1 4 Order of LCR Selection 1 1st 2 2nd 3 3rd 4 4th XXX ZZ ...

Page 759: ...attern No 000 255 0 X X X Digits to be added Maximum 32 digits X 0 9 A B C Fixed Pause D Programmable Pause Assign the digit to be added to the required trunk routes when adding digits to those re ceived from a distant office 1 2 Y 17 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 09 Add 0 Add 9 10 Add 2 digits per CM50 Y 00 0 Assign the data for digit deletion to required trunk routes for deleting the first one or two ...

Page 760: ... Y 4005 8A Y 4005 72 73 8 715 0000 0000 0000 8004 Assignment of Route Pattern No 000 to Area Code 72 73 8 Assignment of the 4 digit Intra Office Station to the Area Code 715 8A Y 0000 1 00000 Assignment of the order of LCR selection 1st for Route Pattern No assigned by CM8A Y 4005 73XX OFFICE B OFFICE C OFFICE A 72XX 714X 72XX 73XX 8XXX 8XXX Trunk Route to Office A Area Code of Office A Area Code ...

Page 761: ...01 Assignment of Route Pattern No 001 to Area Code 740 of Office B 8A Y 4005 735 8004 Assignment of the 4 digit Intra Office Station to the Area Code 735 8A Y 0000 1 00001 Assignment of the order of LCR selection 1st for Route Pattern No assigned by CM8A Y 4005 OFFICE B OFFICE A Trunk Route to Office B Area Code of Office B Area Code of Intra Office Station Numbering Plan Group PBX DIAL NO 7400 73...

Page 762: ...NG DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the Timing Parameters according to the user s requirements If no data is set Dis played NONE the standard timing which is initially set is applied 1 2 Y 0 3 XX See the Command Manual XX See the Command Manual START CM41 END VARIABLE TIMING PARAMETERS ...

Page 763: ...For PIM2 3 EB032 EB063 For PIM4 5 EB064 EB095 For PIM6 7 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in Digital Announcement Trunk of the MP card Assign a Digital Announcement Trunk card number to the required LEN Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE 1 The Digital Announcement Trunk card number must be assigned to the first LEN Level 0 the third LEN Level 2 the fifth LEN Level 4 a...

Page 764: ... the service is set for the station as Special Dial Tone 1 2 Y 2 12 Dial Tone on setting Message Waiting 13 Dial Tone on setting Call Forwarding All Calls 14 Dial Tone on setting Do Not Disturb 0 Special Dial Tone Allow Voice Guide set by CM48 Y 2 12 13 14 in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 1 2 Y 116 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 1 Allow Assign the Voice Guide fu...

Page 765: ...ng to the station is completed or can celed HARDWARE REQUIRED DAT card or MP card Built in DAT DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the Voice Guide function for each Dig ital Announcement Trunk card 1 2 Y 00 000 001 Built in DAT on MP card 002 127 Digital Announcement Trunk Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 EB002 EB127 17XX Voice Guide XX 00 63 Message No Assign the Message number when service set ting is complete...

Page 766: ... a station with MW lamp 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Provide VMS service for a station port inter faced with the VMS VMS station 1 2 Y 10 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Provide Message Waiting service for a VMS station port 1 2 Y 13 X XXXXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Assign Service Restriction Class A for Mes sage Waiting to a station with a MW lamp and a VMS station port 1 2 Y ...

Page 767: ... code it can be used as a pause 1 5 sec onds To provide a programmable pause insert D instead of C Programmable Pause CM41 Y 0 38 1 2 Y 00 3 Access Code to be sent out before a Mail Box No NOTE 1 4 Access Code to be sent out after a Mail Box No XX XXXX Access code to be sent out to a VMS X 0 9 A B C D Pause NOTE 2 NONE Not sent out Specify the prepause timing DTMF signal width and Inter digital pa...

Page 768: ... short long key 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6112 Out Pulse DTMF signal short F6113 Out Pulse DTMF signal long When Out Pulse DTMF signal long is desig nated by CM90 assign the DTMF signal width NOTE When Out Pulse DTMF signal short is designated by CM90 DTMF signal width is set to 128 ms Fixed To allow Voice Mail Private Password 1 2 Y 0 14 DTMF signal width 01 50 64 3200 ms 64 ms increme...

Page 769: ...e any Virtual LEN can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number However the Virtual Line station number should be different from Single line number assigned by CM10 CM14 Accommodate the Virtual Line to the Dterm 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No X XXXXXXXX Virtual Line station No Provide the system with Message Waiting indi cation on Line Key of Dterm 1 2 140 0 Available Specify the Message Waiting...

Page 770: ...ify the timer of Attendant Recall for Camp On 1 2 Y 0 00 Attendant Recall Timer 01 14 2 4 33 6 seconds 2 4 second increments 15 24 38 4 124 8 seconds 9 6 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 31 2 33 6 seconds Specify the destination VMS station number when a Camp On call is not answered The first data should be the tenant number of the destination station called 1 2 Y 18 Dest...

Page 771: ... card DESCRIPTION DATA Specify whether dialing of the Single Digit Feature Access Code is available or not while hearing RBT 1 2 156 Single Digit Feature Access Code while hearing RBT 0 Available 1 Not available Specify whether dialing of the Single Digit Feature Access Code is available or not while hearing BT 1 2 208 Single Digit Feature Access Code while hearing BT 0 Available 1 Not available S...

Page 772: ...erm whispering side with a Whisper Page key if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0A88 Whisper Page Specify whether the call termination to My Line is restricted or allowed while the station user makes a call with a Sub Line or trunk line on the Dterm 1 2 268 0 Restricted 1 Allow Specify Busy Idle status check method as Station Base or Extension Base NOTE When CM08 268 and CM08 269 is set to 0 W...

Page 773: ...ne system capacity system specifica tions system programming and hardware requirements for the Hotel System HOTEL SYSTEM OUTLINE 756 HOTEL SYSTEM CAPACITY 761 HOTEL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 762 HOTEL FEATURE LIST 764 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING SUMMARY 766 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING 767 CHAPTER 2 HOTEL FEATURES ...

Page 774: ...IVE TELEPHONE DLC MP HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK TERMINAL DLC PMS HOTEL PRINTER GUEST ROOM TELEPHONE WITH MESSAGE WAITING LAMP HOTEL CONSOLE TDSW Dterm DESKCON NOTE 1 NOTE 1 2 BUILT IN SMDR PMS SWITCHING HUB LAN PMS SMDR Refer to the SMDR in Chapter 1 NOTE 2 AP00 SMDR Hotel Application Processor Card COT C O Trunk Card DLC Digital Line Circuit Card for Dterm DESKCON LC Line Circuit Card for Single Line...

Page 775: ... System PMS terminal or a Station Message Detail Recording SMDR terminal Hotel Console The DESKCON is programmed as a Hotel Console The Hotel Console can access Room Cutoff individ ual and group Automatic Wake Up Message Waiting or Do Not Disturb individual and group with the function keys in addition to the attendant features and functions Hotel Motel Front Desk Terminal The Dterm can be programm...

Page 776: ...ssage Waiting Lamp Status Change This information can be entered from the Attendant Console or Front Desk Terminal It is then automatically transmitted to the PMS for data update If the automatic MW lamp off feature is activated MW data is cleared and status is sent to PMS 3 Station Message Detail Data This information is transmitted to the PMS after completion of each local and toll call 4 Wake U...

Page 777: ... Number Allocation to Guest Station is available only when MP built in PMS on IP is provided The PMS can send the following information to the PBX 1 Maid status 2 MW lamp status changes 3 Telephone restriction status changes 4 Check In Out messages 5 Room data image inquiry 6 Wake Up status changes 7 Room change room swap and room copy NOTE 8 Room occupancy and room data change 9 Status inquiry fo...

Page 778: ... manages a guest sta tion call Hotel Printer When PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided the various system messages and the guest room status can be obtained through a locally provided Hotel Printer The following information is automatically print ed out as a system message Wake Up attempts whether successful or not Remaining messages for the station which is set to Check Out Codes and quantities o...

Page 779: ...Y Guest Administrative Station 512 Series 3300 software or before 1020 Series 3400 software or later Front Desk Terminal 8 Hotel Console 8 Hotel Printer 2 I O port for PMS SMDR Hotel Printer 2 I O port for SMDR PMS via LAN 1 I O port for Hotel Printer 2 HOTEL SYSTEM CAPACITY ...

Page 780: ...IONS PMS SMDR INTERFACE HOTEL PRINTER INTERFACE Physical Interface RS 232C RS 232C Synchronization Asynchronous Asynchronous Protocol IMS Procedure Transmission Speed 1200 2400 4800 9600 bps for PN AP00 B with AP00 program NOTE 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 bps for PN AP00 B PN AP00 D with MRCA program 1200 2400 4800 bps I O port No 0 3 port of AP00 B AP00 D card No 0 3 port of AP00 B AP00 D card ...

Page 781: ...e above table ITEM SPECIFICATIONS Physical layer Ethernet Connection layer The Ethernet packet format complies with the DIX standard TCP IP protocol ARP IP ICMP UDP TCP Socket interface Complies with 4 3 BSD socket interface Transport protocol TCP stream type protocol Application port number SMDR 60010 fixed PMS 60050 fixed Number of connection 1 Client Server Client SMDR PMS terminal Server PBX T...

Page 782: ...b Hotel Motel Do Not Disturb System NOTE 2 Hotel Motel Attendant Console Hotel Motel DID Number Allocation to Guest Station Series 3900 software required Hotel Motel Front Desk Instru ment Hotel Motel Toll Restriction Change Guest Station Series 3900 software required House Phone Maid Status Message Registration Message Waiting NOTE 2 Property Management System Interface Room Cutoff NOTE 2 Room St...

Page 783: ...ture to a guest station For PMS with AP00 on RS 232C Front Desk Terminal Hotel Console or administrative sta tion can set cancel this feature to a guest station NOTE 2 Front Desk Terminal Hotel Console or administrative station can set cancel this feature to a guest station JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL FEATURE LIST ...

Page 784: ...MDR TO PMS Page 768 Page 771 END Page 822 Page 615 initialized AP INITIALIZATION Page 770 PN AP00 B WITH AP00 PROGRAM PN AP00 B PN AP00 D WITH MRCA PROGRAM PMS INTERFACE Programming PMS INTERFACE Programming PMS with AP00 on RS 232C MP built in PMS on IP Where is the call information sent Page 824 Do you provide on IP or MP built in SMDR on IP NO YES MP built in PMS JULY 01 2006 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGR...

Page 785: ...the MP When station numbers have been added deleted or changed by CM10 CM14 the station number data must be reloaded to the AP00 by the follow ing procedure 1 Flip the MB switch of the AP00 to UP position 2 Return the MB switch to DOWN position 3 The AP00 START message is printed if a printer provided 4 The SORT COMPLETE message is printed when the station number has been sent to the AP00 DIGITS O...

Page 786: ...u install the AP00 for the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch setting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 04 AP00 card On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 Load the initial data into the AP00 card...

Page 787: ...ation No 0 Not controlled 1 Controlled 3 Only 504 stations are controlled in or der of station registration The stations after the 504th are not controlled NOTE You can confirm the stations assigned by CM12 Y 49 Execute CM12 Y 91 10 minutes after AP initialization completed Enter the first data which was assigned by CM12 Y 49 the system displays the second data Check CM12 Y 49 data setting when NO...

Page 788: ...AP is in active When you install the AP00 the first time you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch set ting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 45 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP...

Page 789: ...age 798 HOTEL MOTEL DID NUMBER ALLOCATION TO GUEST STATION Page 799 HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK INSTRUMENT Page 800 HOTEL MOTEL TOLL RESTRICTION CHANGE GUEST STATION Page 807 HOUSE PHONE Page 809 MAID STATUS Page 810 MESSAGE REGISTRATION Page 815 MESSAGE WAITING Page 818 PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACE Page 821 ROOM CUTOFF Page 832 ROOM STATUS Page 837 SINGLE DIGIT DIALING Page 838 JUNE 01 2007 HO...

Page 790: ...5 Service Restriction Class A Allow Automatic Wake Up in Service Restric tion Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 13 Guest station Y 20 Administrative station allowing single Wake Up Time operation Y 21 Administrative station allowing multiple Wake Up Time operation 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Allow Digital Announcement Trunk access Record Replay Delete in the ...

Page 791: ...A102 Delete Designate the type of tone source for Wake Up call NOTE When the second data is set to Ex ternal Tone Source system reset is required 1 2 Y 1 00 Tone Source of Wake Up Call XX 00 XX 00 No Tone 02 External Tone Source 05 Digital Announcement Trunk 14 Hold Tone Source on MP card 15 Internal Tone Generator When an External Announcement Machine is required assign the COT card and DK card t...

Page 792: ...OFF condition for external relay external key on MP built in DK00 card 1 2 700 0 ON Ground Start OFF Ground Off Open 1 ON Ground Off Open OFF Ground Start When the DAT is required assign the DAT to the required LEN To provide the restriction announcement for Wake Up call setting assign the following DAT respectively DAT for Wake Up message DAT for restriction announcement NOTE 1 The DAT card numbe...

Page 793: ...o 00 EB002 EB031 For FP No 01 EB032 EB063 For FP No 02 EB064 EB095 For FP No 03 EB096 EB127 NOTE 2 EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built in DAT of MP card When an External Announcement Machine is required assign the function for Wake Up to the DK card or MP built in DK 1 2 XX Y XX 00 31 DK Card No assigned by CM10 CM14 E800 E831 Y 0 3 Circuit No 313 MP built in External Equipment Inter face 0100 ...

Page 794: ...ign the function keys for Automatic Wake Up to the Dterm of guest room station or admin istrative station if provided NOTE This data assignment is not required when Wake Up is set by PMS 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0024 Automatic Wake Up set reset from guest station F0027 Automatic Wake Up set reset from administrative station with Single Wake Up Time operation NOTE F0028 Automatic Wake Up set res...

Page 795: ... 56 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 28 32 seconds When providing the DAT specify the duration of message replay timer for Automatic Wake Up 1 2 Y 0 52 01 99 0 396 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 60 64 seconds Specify the number of Wake Up call attempts before abandonment 1 2 03 01 05 1 call 5 calls NONE 5 calls Specify the m...

Page 796: ...1 To send Specify the sending of result of Wake Up mes sage when performing Wake Up feature 1 2 135 1 To send Specify whether the printing of Wake Up set cancel from Front Desk Terminal is available or not NOTE This data is effective when Wake Up is set canceled to individual station from Front Desk Terminal 1 2 156 0 Available 1 Not available Assign the Service Class number for CMD016 to required...

Page 797: ...B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Printer Customer provided and RS PRT 15S CA RS PRT 15S CA C RS NORM 4S CA Front Desk Terminal PMS RS RVS 15S CA RS RVS 4S CA RS NORM 4S CA for PMS with AP00 on RS 232C To provide the external announcement machine COT card DK card or MP card built in DK Announcement Machine Customer provided To provide the internal digital announcemen...

Page 798: ...tation No 00 15 Service Class No Allow Room Status operation set from Front Desk Terminal 1 2 XX 06 XX 00 15 Service Class No assigned by CMD015 1 Yes Send Check Out Complete message to PMS when PBX receives Check Out message from PMS 1 2 87 1 To send Send the message to PMS if a checked out sta tion is originating a C O call 1 2 88 1 To send Assign a Room Status Code set by Check In operation 1 2...

Page 799: ...oper ations 1 2 X00 Room Cutoff is set X01 Room Cutoff is canceled X02 Do Not Disturb is set X03 Do Not Disturb is canceled X04 Wake Up call is canceled X05 Message Waiting Lamp is turned off X06 Check In time is set X07 Check In time is cleared X Room Status Code 0 No 1 Yes A CMD031 END JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING CHECK IN CHECK OUT ...

Page 800: ... Allow Room Status Code setting Room Cut off Do Not Disturb Message Waiting Wake Up Call Trunk Restriction class change in Service Restriction Class A assigned by CM12 Y 02 1 2 Y 222 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the Charging Station Service Class number to each station 1 2 Y 45 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Class No Execute the operation set by CMDD...

Page 801: ...2 15 0 Not available 1 Interim Printout per station 2 Audit Printout per station Assign the each function to the Room Status Code assigned by CMDD01 12 and 13 1 2 X 00 Room Cutoff is set X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Set 2 Reset 1 2 X 01 Do Not Disturb is set X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Set 2 Reset 1 2 X 02 Automatic Wake Up is set X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 R...

Page 802: ...ange Guest Station X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH 9 Restriction reset As per CM12 Y 01 1 2 X 07 Check Out lamp control on DSS Console X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not controlled 1 Lamp OFF 2 Flash slowly 3 Flash 120IPM 4 L...

Page 803: ...rogramming in PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACE Page 828 Series 3600 software required HARDWARE REQUIRED AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Front Desk Terminal or PMS RS RVS 15S CA RS RVS 4S CA RS NORM 4S CA for PMS with AP00 on RS 232C JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING CHECK IN CHECK OUT ...

Page 804: ...low Direct Data Entry feature to the Service Class assigned by CMD015 1 2 XX 24 XX 00 15 Service Class No assigned by CMD015 1 Available Assign the access code for Direct Data Entry 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A097 Provide the guest room station with the func tion key for Direct Data Entry if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0097 Direct Data Entry START CMD015 CMD016 ...

Page 805: ...rinter and PMS with AP00 on RS 232C are provided 1 2 252 0 PMS 1 Hotel Printer 2 PMS and Hotel Printer Designate the printout format of Direct Data Entry if Hotel Printer and PMS with AP00 on RS 232C are provided 1 2 253 0 Printout Format 1 1 Printout Format 2 See the examples below Printout format 1 2nd data 0 Printout format 2 2nd data 1 A CMD001 2002 11 01 17 20 FRI NO 220 CODE 1 1 CODE 2 2 COD...

Page 806: ...ice Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the access code for Do Not Disturb Set Cancel 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XXXX Access Code A022 Set A023 Cancel Assign the destination of a call transferred when the called station is in Do Not Disturb 1 2 Y 10 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXX Station No or E000 Attendant Console Assign the Call Forwarding Intercept ICPT key if DESKCON...

Page 807: ...on 1 2 201 0 Available Specify Call Forwarding Busy Line Station Hunting for a station set to Do Not Disturb 1 2 240 0 Available 1 Not available For a system with multiple tenant specify the destination of a call transferred in CM51 Y 10 for the tenant of calling or called station 1 2 241 0 Tenant of called station 1 Tenant of calling station Specify whether Do Not Disturb record is printed out on...

Page 808: ...when Do Not Disturb is set canceled to individual station from Front Desk Terminal 1 2 152 0 Available 1 Not available Assign the Service Class number for CMD016 to required stations if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 X XXXX Station No 0 15 Service Class No Send Room Status Code which includes Do Not Disturb record to PMS if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 XX 05 Room Status Code ...

Page 809: ...erm DESCRIPTION DATA Assign Service Restriction Class C to the re quired stations 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow Do Not Disturb Setting in Service Re striction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 188 00 15 Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 YY 07 0 Allow 1 Restricted To indicate the Do Not Disturb Set Reset status on the Line Trunk Feature keys of ...

Page 810: ... 1 2 Y 07 X XXXXXXXX Station No Sub Line No Virtual Line Station No 00 15 Service Restriction Class C Allow Do Not Disturb to be set in Service Re striction Class C assigned by CM12 Y 07 1 2 Y 189 00 15 Service Restriction Class C assigned by CM12 YY 07 0 Allow 1 Restricted Provide Do Not Disturb feature to each tenant 1 2 Y 19 00 63 Tenant No 0 Not provided 1 To provide Specify the Do Not Disturb...

Page 811: ...ovide Front Desk Terminal or PMS AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Front Desk Terminal or PMS RS RVS 15S CA RS RVS 4S CA RS NORM 4S CA for PMS with AP00 on RS 232C JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING DO NOT DISTURB HOTEL MOTEL ...

Page 812: ... 10 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXX Station No or E000 Attendant Console Assign the Call Forwarding Intercept ICPT key if the DESKCON is assigned as destina tion by CM51 Y 10 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6065 Call Forwarding Intercept Assign the DND function keys to the Front Desk Terminal if provided 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F1064 Do Not Disturb F1072 Group F1074 Set F1075 Reset F1077 Release ...

Page 813: ... Y 10 for the tenant of calling or called station 1 2 241 0 Tenant of called station 1 Tenant of calling station Specify whether Do Not Disturb record is printed out on Hotel Printer and the report is sent to PMS when setting or resetting Do Not Disturb 1 2 267 0 Available 1 Not available Select the Dial Tone on setting Do Not Dis turb 1 2 Y 2 14 Dial Tone on setting Do Not Disturb 0 Special Tone ...

Page 814: ...of CMDD21 1 As for Time Table No 1 of CMDD22 2 As for Time Table No 2 of CMDD22 3 As for Time Table No 3 of CMDD22 To set the timing of Do Not Disturb group set cancel for each day of the week specify Time Table number set by CMDD22 1 2 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday 0 3 Time Table No 0 3 of CMDD22 Initial data of CMDD21 1 7 is as fol lows START CM13 CMDD00 ...

Page 815: ... YY ZZ X 0 3 Time Table No 0 3 YY 00 23 Hour ZZ 00 55 Minute 5 minute increments 0 Do Not Disturb Group Cancel 1 Do Not Disturb Group Set Assign a Do Not Disturb function key to the Dterm if required 1 2 Y 00 My Line No Key No F0022 Do Not Disturb Set Reset Assign a Do Not Disturb function key on each DSS Console if needed 1 2 DSS Console No 00 31 DSS Key No 57 59 F1053 Do Not Disturb Set Reset A ...

Page 816: ...el features such as Automatic Wake Up Do Not Disturb Room Cutoff Message Waiting from the Console refer to the programming in PROPERTY MANAGE MENT SYSTEM INTERFACE Page 828 Series 3600 software required DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the required hotel function keys 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6100 Room Cutoff F6101 Message Waiting F6102 Do Not Disturb F6103 Automatic Wake Up Do Not Disturb Over...

Page 817: ...nt Table 0 1 2 Y 00 X XXXX DID No 000 999 Number Conversion Block No Assign the Number Conversion Block number for Development Table 1 1 2 Y 90 X XXXXXXXX DID No 000 999 Number Conversion Block No Allow Hotel Motel DID number allocation to guest station 1 2 Y 32 000 999 Number Conversion Block No assigned by CM76 Y 00 90 0 Available Assign the data for interpreting the digits re ceived NOTE This p...

Page 818: ...ethod for the Front Desk Ter minal 2 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program 3 PN AP00 B card with AP00 program Assign a My Line number for Front Desk Ter minal NOTE The number of Front Desk Termi nals is limited to 8 units per system 1 2 000 763 LEN FX FXXXXXX My Line No Assign a My Line number for Front Desk Ter minal Series 3200 R6 2 software required NOTE The number of Front Desk Termi nals...

Page 819: ... My Line No Key No F1064 Do Not Disturb F1065 Room Cutoff F1066 Message Waiting F1067 Automatic Wake Up F1068 Check In F1069 Room Status F1071 Print Out F1072 Group F1074 Set F1075 Reset F1076 Cancel F1077 Release F1080 Do Not Disturb Override A CM12 CM15 CM90 07 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 05 06 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 04 13 14 15 16 05 06 07 08 01 02 03 04 05 06 0...

Page 820: ...d 1 2 256 0 1 Not printed will be printed 2 FF France Franc Designate the language of message printed out if Hotel Printer is provided 1 2 2 Language of message printed out 1 Other than Japanese Specify the Printer Line Feed Code if Hotel Printer is provided 1 2 103 0 CR 1 CR and LF B CMD001 CMD000 B1 JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK INSTRUMENT ...

Page 821: ...it length 2 2 bits 26 34 Data length 0 7 bits 27 35 Parity 1 Even Parity 100 140 Function 16 17 Hotel Printer 0 Hotel Printer 1 101 141 Priority for data processing 1 2nd 102 142 Number of characters per line to be printed out 2 80 characters 103 143 Number of lines per page 0 88 No page No of lines including space within a page Depends on size of printer paper used 104 144 Number of lines per pag...

Page 822: ...sk Ter minal 0 Hotel Printer 0 1 Hotel Printer 1 By system reset press SW1 on the MP card station number information is transferred from the MP to the AP When the transfer is com pleted message SORT COMPLETE is printed out on the Hotel printer SORT COMPLETE printout takes about 4 minutes B2 CMD035 END JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK INSTRUMENT ...

Page 823: ...1 1 2 X00 Equipment Type Connected to Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 6 External Printer 0 1 2 X01 Data Speed for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 1 300 bps 2 1200 bps 3 2400 bps 4 4800 bps 5 9600 bps 1 2 X02 Stop Bit Length for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 0 1 bit 1 1 5 bits 2 2 bits 1 2 X03 Data Length for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 1 2 X04 Parity for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 0 No Parity 1 Even Parity 2...

Page 824: ...ing from Front Desk Terminals refer to the programming in PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACE Page 828 Series 3600 software required HARDWARE REQUIRED AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Front Desk Terminal Printer and RS PRT 15S CA RS PRT 15S CA C RS NORM 4S CA JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING HOTEL MOTEL FRONT DESK INSTRUMENT ...

Page 825: ...00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the Charging Station Service Class number to each station 1 2 Y 45 X XXXXXXXX Station No 00 15 Service Class No Execute the operation set by CMDD31 is exe cuted simultaneously when Room Status Code is set changed 1 2 XX 18 XX Service Class No assigned by CM12 Y 45 1 To execute Assign Room Status Code set by Check In op eration...

Page 826: ...estriction Change Guest Station X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH 9 Restriction reset As per CM12 Y 01 1 2 X 07 Check Out lamp control on DSS Console X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not controlled 1 Lamp OFF 2 Flash slowly 3 Fla...

Page 827: ...e Phone Group 0 3 Assign the destination of each House Phone Group 1 2 Y 14 00 03 House Phone Group 0 3 X XXXX Station No of the destination E000 Attendant Console Specify the result of Switch Hook Flash on sta tions within a House Phone Group To allow stations within a House Phone Group to transfer a call or access a feature set the data to 0 1 2 055 For House Phone Group 0 1 056 For House Phone ...

Page 828: ...oom Status Send Maid Status message to PMS with AP00 on RS 232C when setting Maid Status by guest room telephones or Front Desk Terminal 1 2 119 0 To send Assign the Service Class number to required stations if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is pro vided 1 2 X XXXX Station No 0 15 Service Class No Send Room Status Code which includes Maid Status record to PMS if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 ...

Page 829: ...ck Out are to be assigned by CMD001 12 and CMD001 13 1 2 X YY X 1 8 Room Status Code YY Functions 00 Room Cutoff Set 01 Room Cutoff Reset 02 Do Not Disturb Set 03 Do Not Disturb Reset 04 Wake Up Call Reset 05 Message Waiting Reset 06 Check In Time Registration 07 Check In Time Clear 08 Restriction for Toll Call and International Call set 30 Send Room Status to PMS 31 Dialing from Guest Room is al ...

Page 830: ...ine No Key No F1069 Room Status Assign Service Restriction Class A to required guest station 1 2 Y 02 X XXXXXX Station No XX ZZ XX 00 15 Service Restriction Class A Allow Room Status Code setting Room Cut off Trunk Restriction class change 1 2 Y 222 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 1 Allow Assign the Charging Station Service Class number to each station 1 2 Y 45 X XXXXXXXX ...

Page 831: ...matches the Room Status Code for Check Out set by DD01 13 1 2 15 0 Not available 1 Interim Printout per station 2 Audit Printout per station Assign the each function to the Room Status Code assigned by CMDD01 12 and 13 1 2 X 00 Room Cutoff is set X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Set 2 Reset 1 2 X 01 Do Not Disturb is set X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Set 2 Reset 1 2 X 02 Automat...

Page 832: ...ange X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Available 1 2 X 06 Hotel Motel Toll Restriction Change Guest Station X 1 8 Room Status Code 0 Not available 1 Unrestricted RCA 2 Non Restricted 1 RCB 3 Non Restricted 2 RCC 4 Semi Restricted 1 RCD 5 Semi Restricted 2 RCE 6 Restricted 1 RCF 7 Restricted 2 RCG 8 Fully Restricted RCH 9 Restriction reset As per CM12 Y 01 1 2 X 07 Check Out lamp control on ...

Page 833: ... call information if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C PN AP00 B with AP00 program is provided 1 2 Y 01 03 Destination to send an MP call informa tion 7 PN AP00 B with AP00 program Specify PMS via LAN port as the destination to send a Built in SMDR call information if PMS on IP is provided 1 2 Y 01 05 Destination to send a Built in SMDR call information 1 PMS via LAN port Assign the Pseudo Answer signal fu...

Page 834: ... 0 03 01 08 4 40 seconds 4 second increments If no data is set the default setting is 20 24 sec onds Send message to PMS if a checked out station is originating a C O call 1 2 88 0 Not sent 1 To send Assign the charging Service Class number to each station number if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 X XXXX Station No 00 15 Service Class No Send detail call information on outgoing calls to S...

Page 835: ...or PMS with AP00 on RS 232C Call Accounting System customer provided or PMS DESCRIPTION DATA Specify the charging method to each dialed number if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is pro vided 1 2 XXX Y XXX 000 511 Call Development Table No assigned by CMD026 Y Dialed Digit 0 9 A B 1 No charge 9 Send to PMS B CMD027 END JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING MESSAGE REGISTRATION ...

Page 836: ... 24 Administrative station allowing Message Waiting set reset to guest room Y 40 Guest Station 00 15 Service Restriction Class A as signed by CM12 Y 02 0 Restricted 1 Allow Provide each station with Message Waiting Service Dterm or Single Line Telephone with Message Waiting Lamp 1 2 Y 03 X XXXXXX Station No 0 To provide Specify guest station or administrative station to each station NOTE 1 This da...

Page 837: ...is assigned to as the Message Front destination by CM51 Y 15 set the data for 233 to 0 and set the data for 234 to 1 With this setting Message Waiting is auto matically reset when the Attendant answers 1 2 1 2 233 0 Available 234 1 Not available To reset Message Waiting while the Message Front station or attendant rings set the data for 234 to 0 1 2 234 0 Available To reset Message Waiting when th...

Page 838: ...st station w o MW Lamp F1005 Message Waiting Lamp 1 2 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6101 Message Waiting F6104 Reset Send Message Waiting message to PMS when setting Message Waiting if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 116 1 To send Specify whether the printing of Message Wait ing set cancel from Front Desk Terminal is available or not 1 2 154 0 Available 1 Not available Assign the Service Cl...

Page 839: ...YSTEM INTERFACE PROGRAMMING The following shows the minimal programming to establish the PMS interface link After this program ming the Status Inquiry Feature Code 70 Function Code F and 0 is available HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INTERFACE ...

Page 840: ...Station Address SA 49 1 86 106 126 146 Unit Address UA 33 87 107 127 147 Timer for detecting the terminal no answer 8 1 second 89 109 129 149 Timer for detecting the end of block 70 35 seconds 90 110 130 150 Timer for detecting non data communication 70 35 seconds 91 111 131 151 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 3 3 times 92 112 132 152 Number of time...

Page 841: ...40 1 To send Assign the function of OPE LED L0 L3 on the AP00 card 1 2 250 See the table below 0 1 2 3 A CMD001 CMD000 CMD001 AP00 INITIAL L3 No 3 port SD L2 No 2 port SD L1 No 1 port SD L0 No 0 port SD L3 No 0 port CS L2 No 0 port CD L1 No 0 port SD L0 No 0 port RD L3 No 1 port CS L2 No 1 port CD L1 No 1 port SD L0 No 1 port RD L3 No 2 port CS L2 No 2 port CD L1 No 2 port SD L0 No 2 port RD END H...

Page 842: ...when VLAN is provided as a destination of the PMS terminal and set 60050 as the port number DESCRIPTION DATA Assign the system clock data 1 2 0 Calendar Year 2000 2099 1 2 1 Date MM DD WW MM 01 12 Month DD 01 31 Date WW 00 Sun 01 Mon 02 Tue 03 Wed 04 Thu 05 Fri 06 Sat 1 2 2 Time HH MM SS HH 00 23 Hour MM 00 59 Minute SS 00 59 Second Assign the IP Address for the system 1 2 Y 00 00 000000000000 255...

Page 843: ...tion 1 2 Y 01 05 Destination to send a Built in SMDR call information 0 SMDR terminal via LAN port 1 PMS via LAN port 7 SMDR terminal via RS port Specify the number of digits for a sequence used to communicate with the PMS 1 2 825 0 3 digits 000 199 1 2 digits 00 99 Specify the timing that the system sends a re covery process request to the PMS 1 2 826 0 At every connection establishment 1 At the ...

Page 844: ...ecify the duration to display the name 1 2 121 0 Until call finished 1 As per CM08 120 Assign a trunk name number to each trunk route 1 2 Y 03 00 63 Trunk Route No 00 14 Trunk Name No 15 Kind of trunk route assigned by CM35 Y 00 are displayed 16 63 Trunk Name No Enter the desired station user name to each sta tion number by CM77 Y 0 or Y 1 1 2 Y 0 By Character Code X XXXXXX Station No 20 7F Charac...

Page 845: ...aracters Select the PMS information to display on an Administrative Station a Front Desk Terminal and a Hotel Console 1 2 548 0 PMS information A B 1 VIP language Specify display PMS information set by CM08 548 on a Hotel Console 1 2 549 0 Display PMS information set by CM08 548 1 Not display Specify display PMS information set by CM08 548 on an Administrative Station and a Front Desk Console 1 2 ...

Page 846: ...e you should assign the data shown below DESCRIPTION DATA Assign an AP number to the AP00 card The AP number must match the SENSE switch set ting on the AP00 card 1 2 Y 0 04 15 20 31 AP No 45 PN AP00 B PN AP00 D card with MRCA program On the AP00 card set SW1 switch as shown below SW1 4 should be set as follows ON The AP No is 04 15 OFF The AP No is 20 31 Load the initial data into the AP00 card 1...

Page 847: ...ttribute data ac cording to the PMS 1 2 X00 Equipment Type Connected to Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 6 External Printer 0 1 2 X01 Data Speed for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 1 300 bps 2 1200 bps 3 2400 bps 4 4800 bps 5 9600 bps 1 2 X02 Stop Bit Length for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 0 1 bit 1 1 5 bits 2 2 bits 1 2 X03 Data Length for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Port 1 3 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 1 2 X04 Parity for Port 1 3 X 1 3 Po...

Page 848: ...a individual station set cancel from a Front console Hotel console DSS console PMS At tendant console is available or not 1 2 23 0 Available 1 Not available Specify whether the printing of Message Wait ing set cancel from a Front console Hotel con sole DSS console PMS Attendant console is available or not 1 2 24 0 Available 1 Not available Specify whether the printing of Automatic Wake Up set canc...

Page 849: ...S is connected disconnected to from the system is available or not 1 2 34 0 Available 1 Not available Specify whether the printing of Room Status Code Record is available or not Series 3700 R12 2 software required 1 2 35 0 Available 1 Not available Specify the printing way of Immediate Print out Call Record Series 3700 R12 2 software required 1 2 36 0 Call charge by MP built in SMDR 1 ISDN call ch...

Page 850: ...1 Not available Assign the destination of a call transferred when the station in Room Cutoff condition di als outgoing access code 1 2 Y 11 00 63 Tenant No X XXXXXX Station No or E000 Attendant Console Assign the Call Forwarding Intercept ICPT key if the DESKCON is assigned as destina tion by CM51 Y 11 1 2 Y 00 ATTCON No E000 E007 Key No F6065 Call Forwarding Intercept Assign the function keys req...

Page 851: ... avail able or not 1 2 153 0 Available 1 Not available Assign the Service Class number for CMD016 to required stations if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 X XXXX Station No 00 15 Service Class No Send Room Status Code which includes Room Cutoff record to PMS if PMS with AP00 on RS 232C is provided 1 2 XX 05 Room Status Code sending to PMS XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 1 To send A ...

Page 852: ...ssign the Toll Calls and International Calls restriction function to the Service Class as signed by CMD015 1 2 XX 46 XX Service Class No assigned by CMD015 1 Yes Assign the Room Cutoff function to the Room Status Code assigned by CMD001 12 and 13 1 2 X 00 Room Cutoff is set X 01 Room Cutoff is reset X 1 8 Room Status Code 1 Yes Assign the Room Status Code to be restricted for Toll Calls and Intern...

Page 853: ...nk Route No 0 127 Type of Call Development Table No Assign the Type of Call for each dialed digit 0 9 A B on the basis of each Type of Call Development Table Number assigned by CMD033 NOTE 1 This feature restricts Toll Call and International Call Type of Call No 2 and No 3 NOTE 2 When specifying Type of Call by CMD034 the same number of digits must be assigned as specifying the dialed digits to be...

Page 854: ...the programming in HOTEL MOTEL TOLL RESTRICTION CHANGE GUEST STATION Page 807 Series 3900 software required HARDWARE REQUIRED AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Front Desk Terminal or PMS RS RVS 15S CA RS RVS 4S CA RS NORM 4S CA for PMS with AP00 on RS 232C JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING ROOM CUTOFF ...

Page 855: ... 0 32ch2001 fm ROOM STATUS PROGRAMMING Refer to MAID STATUS Page 810 HARDWARE REQUIRED AP00 B card with AP00 program or AP00 B AP00 D card with MRCA program Front Desk Terminal JUNE 01 2007 HOTEL SYSTEM PROGRAMMING ROOM STATUS ...

Page 856: ...Station Numbers The programming is 1 Assign digit 1 through 8 to the Single Digit station number Data 801 respectively Assign the other access code by CM20 2 Assign the station numbers 2XX 3XX 4XX 1 8 to required LEN by CM10 CM14 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X Single Digit Access Code 0 9 A B A047 TAS Answer A A048 TAS Answer B A049 TAS Answer C A050 TAS Answer D A051 TAS Answer E 100 163 Tr...

Page 857: ...digits station numbers Assign the digit 2 to data 824 2 4 digits sta tion and then assign the station numbers to re quired LEN by CM10 CM14 For calling the station 200 299 press key or wait for ring start after dialing the station number 1 2 Y 0 3 Numbering Plan Group 0 3 X XX Leading one or two digits of station No 823 2 3 digits station 824 2 4 digits station Specify the single digit dialing tim...

Page 858: ... 840 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32ch2001 fm THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY JULY 01 2006 ...

Page 859: ...ach Dterm Dterm IP DESKCON DSS Console and Add On Module Refer to this appendix when you assign a key function by CM90 or CM97 Dterm 85 Dterm IP Key Numbers A2 Dterm 75 Key Numbers A8 Dterm 65 Key Numbers A11 DESKCON Key Numbers A16 DSS Console Key Numbers A17 Add On Module Key Numbers A19 APPENDIX A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT ...

Page 860: ... Dterm85 DtermIP Key Numbers Continued on next page 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 DTR 8 1 ...

Page 861: ...Directory Message and Mic keys are not equipped Continued on next page DTR 8D 1 ITR 8D 1 ITR 8D 2 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 NOTE ...

Page 862: ...sage and Mic keys are not equipped Continued on next page 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 DTR 16D 1 ITR 16D 1 ITR 16D 2 NOTE ...

Page 863: ...Dterm85 DtermIP Key Numbers Continued on next page Exit 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 15 10 12 14 16 Help 2 5 8 0 OPER TUV JKL ABC 3 6 9 DEF MNO WXYZ 1 4 7 GHI PQRS Directory Message Speaker Answer Redial Recall Feature Mic Conf Hold Transfer Dterm term Series i Series i DTR 16LD ...

Page 864: ...e 16 Line Trunk Feature Keys 16 One Touch Keys 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 98 93 95 94 96 97 16 One Touch Keys DTR 32D 1 ...

Page 865: ...fter the 2nd data of CM12 Y 24 is changed pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Dterm 24 Line Trunk Feature Keys 8 One Touch Keys 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ 0 Speaker Answer Redial Conf Recall Exit Help Mic Feature Transfer Hold Dterm term Series i Series i Directory Message 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 99 9...

Page 866: ...page Dterm Key Numbers Recall Feature CNF LNR SPD Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 92 90 91 93 03 04 01 02 05 06 07 08 94 95 96 97 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 8 1 Dterm Key Numbers Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 03 04 01 02 05 06 07 08 Recall 90 CNF 92 LNR SPD 93 94 95 96 97 Feature 91 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 8D 1 ...

Page 867: ...5 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Dterm75 Key Numbers Continued on next page Dterm Key Numbers Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 07 08 05 06 11 12 09 10 15 16 13 14 03 04 01 02 Recall 90 CNF 92 LNR SPD 93 94 95 96 97 Feature 91 1 4 7 2 8 0 9 6 3 NEC DTP 16D 1 5 ...

Page 868: ... modular connector of the Dterm 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 9 6 3 NEC Recall Feature CNF LNR SPD Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 92 90 91 93 03 04 01 02 07 08 09 10 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 94 95 96 97 05 11 17 23 06 12 18 24 DTP 32D 1 Dterm Key Numbers 24 Line Trunk Feature Keys 8 One Touch Keys 8 One Touch Keys Recall Feature CNF LNR SPD Speaker Answer Transfer Hold 92 90 91 93 03 04 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12...

Page 869: ...SIGNMENT A11 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Dterm65 Key Numbers Continued on next page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 01 RECALL FNC CNF LNR SPD SPKR ANS TRF HOLD ETJ 8DC 1 Dterm Key Numbers 05 02 06 03 07 04 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ...

Page 870: ...SSIGNMENT A12 NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Dterm65 Key Numbers Continued on next page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 01 RECALL FNC CNF LNR SPD SPKR ANS TRF HOLD ETJ 8 1 Dterm Key Numbers 05 02 06 03 07 04 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ...

Page 871: ... NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Dterm65 Key Numbers Continued on next page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 01 RECALL FNC CNF LNR SPD SPKR ANS TRF HOLD ETJ 16DC 1 Dterm Key Numbers 05 02 06 03 07 04 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 09 13 10 14 11 15 12 16 ...

Page 872: ... NWA 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Dterm65 Key Numbers Continued on next page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 RECALL FNC CNF LNR SPD SPKR ANS TRF HOLD ETJ 16DD 1 Dterm Key Numbers 01 05 09 13 02 06 10 14 03 07 11 15 04 08 12 16 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ...

Page 873: ... 17 24 set CM12 Y 24 2nd data 0 After the 2nd data of CM12 Y 24 is changed pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Dterm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 RECALL FNC CNF LNR SPD SPKR ANS TRF HOLD ETJ 24DS 1 Dterm Key Numbers 01 07 13 19 02 08 14 20 03 09 15 21 04 10 16 22 05 11 17 23 06 12 18 24 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 ...

Page 874: ...y Numbers L6 12 L5 11 L4 10 L3 09 L2 08 L1 07 0 8 9 6 3 5 2 1 4 7 SRC 90 DEST 91 93 95 Answer 96 Hold 94 Release 97 Cancel Talk Position Busy Volume Night 15 01 02 03 04 13 16 17 18 92 19 20 21 14 24 22 23 LDN TIE Busy ATND NANS Recall EMG BV TRKSL Call Park SC SVC REC Mute PAGE Start ...

Page 875: ...Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm DSS Console Key Numbers Continued on next page 00 05 04 03 02 01 54 59 58 57 56 55 48 53 52 51 50 49 42 47 46 45 44 43 36 41 40 39 38 37 30 35 34 33 32 31 24 29 28 27 26 25 18 23 22 21 20 19 12 17 16 15 14 13 06 11 10 09 08 07 DCU 60 1 ...

Page 876: ... 008845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm DSS Console Key Numbers 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 EDW 48 2 ...

Page 877: ...ev 5 0 32apa001 fm Add On Module Key Numbers Continued on next page 30 35 34 33 32 31 84 89 88 87 86 85 78 83 82 81 80 79 72 77 76 75 74 73 66 71 70 69 68 67 60 65 64 63 62 61 54 59 58 57 56 55 48 53 52 51 50 49 42 47 46 45 44 43 36 41 40 39 38 37 DCU 60 1 ...

Page 878: ...8845 001 Rev 5 0 32apa001 fm Add On Module Key Numbers 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 7 2 7 3 7 4 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 EDW 48 2 ...

Page 879: ... Rev 5 0 32apb001 fm APPENDIX B CHARACTER CODE TABLE This appendix contains the character code table to set a station name dis played on Dterm or Attendant Console Character Code Table B2 APPENDIX B CHARACTER CODE TABLE ...

Page 880: ...ble X Upper digit Y Lower digit Example To set John do the following operation 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o X Y 4A J 6F o 68 h 6E n DECEMBER 02 2005 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for SOPHO 2000 IPS

Brand: Panasonic Pages: 10

Brand: Uniden Pages: 44

Brand: X-Micro Pages: 57

Brand: VTech Pages: 1

Brand: AT&T Pages: 52

Brand: switel Pages: 86

Omni Enterprise 4028

Brand: Alcatel Pages: 2

NBX CHASSIS - APX30M/4

Brand: 3Com Pages: 2

Brand: Radio Shack Pages: 16

Brand: Wideye Pages: 24

Brand: Profoon Pages: 12

Brand: Aiphone Pages: 4

Brand: BellSouth Pages: 47

Brand: Geemarc Pages: 72

Brand: GE Pages: 2

Brand: GE Pages: 96

Brand: GE Pages: 1

Brand: Motorola Pages: 200

Brands by name

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Popular brands

Load more brands